Update cryptsetup.pot.

Starting with version 2.0.0, libpasswdqc can use memory allocation
when loading configuration that contains new optional parameters.
It's therefore recommended to free all memory allocated by
passwdqc_params_load using new passwdqc_params_free function
introduced in the same version of libpasswdqc.

[slightly modified by mbroz]

.codeql-config.yml

@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-name: "Cryptsetup CodeQL config"
-
-query-filters:
-- exclude:
-     id: cpp/fixme-comment
-- exclude:
-     id: cpp/empty-block
-- exclude:
-     id: cpp/poorly-documented-function
-- exclude:
-     id: cpp/loop-variable-changed
-- exclude:
-     id: cpp/empty-if
-- exclude:
-     id: cpp/long-switch
-- exclude:
-     id: cpp/complex-condition
-- exclude:
-     id: cpp/commented-out-code
-
-# These produce many false positives
-- exclude:
-     id: cpp/uninitialized-local
-- exclude:
-     id: cpp/path-injection
-- exclude:
-     id: cpp/missing-check-scanf
-
-# CodeQL should understand coverity [toctou] comments
-- exclude:
-     id: cpp/toctou-race-condition

.github/workflows/cibuild-setup-ubuntu.sh

@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-
-set -ex
-
-PACKAGES=(
-	git make autoconf automake autopoint pkg-config libtool libtool-bin
-	gettext libssl-dev libdevmapper-dev libpopt-dev uuid-dev libsepol-dev
-	libjson-c-dev libssh-dev libblkid-dev tar libargon2-dev libpwquality-dev
-	sharutils dmsetup jq xxd expect keyutils netcat-openbsd passwd openssh-client
-	sshpass asciidoctor meson ninja-build
-)
-
-COMPILER="${COMPILER:?}"
-COMPILER_VERSION="${COMPILER_VERSION:?}"
-RELEASE="$(lsb_release -cs)"
-
-bash -c "echo 'deb-src http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ $RELEASE main restricted universe multiverse' >>/etc/apt/sources.list"
-
-# Latest gcc stack deb packages provided by
-# https://launchpad.net/~ubuntu-toolchain-r/+archive/ubuntu/test
-add-apt-repository -y ppa:ubuntu-toolchain-r/test
-PACKAGES+=(gcc-$COMPILER_VERSION)
-
-# scsi_debug, gost crypto
-PACKAGES+=(dkms linux-headers-$(uname -r) linux-modules-extra-$(uname -r) gost-crypto-dkms)
-
-apt-get -y update --fix-missing
-apt-get -y install "${PACKAGES[@]}"
-apt-get -y build-dep cryptsetup

.github/workflows/cibuild.sh

@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-
-PHASES=(${@:-CONFIGURE MAKE CHECK})
-COMPILER="${COMPILER:?}"
-COMPILER_VERSION="${COMPILER_VERSION}"
-CFLAGS=(-O1 -g)
-CXXFLAGS=(-O1 -g)
-
-CC="gcc${COMPILER_VERSION:+-$COMPILER_VERSION}"
-CXX="g++${COMPILER_VERSION:+-$COMPILER_VERSION}"
-
-set -ex
-
-for phase in "${PHASES[@]}"; do
-	case $phase in
-	CONFIGURE)
-		opts=(
-			--enable-libargon2
-		)
-
-		sudo -E git clean -xdf
-
-		./autogen.sh
-		CC="$CC" CXX="$CXX" CFLAGS="${CFLAGS[@]}" CXXFLAGS="${CXXFLAGS[@]}" ./configure "${opts[@]}"
-		;;
-	MAKE)
-		make -j
-		make -j -C tests check-programs
-		;;
-	CHECK)
-		make check
-		;;
-
-	*)
-		echo >&2 "Unknown phase '$phase'"
-		exit 1
-	esac
-done

.github/workflows/cibuild.yml

@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-name: Build test
-on:
-  push:
-    branches:
-      - 'main'
-      - 'wip-luks2'
-      - 'v2.*.x'
-    paths-ignore:
-      - 'docs/**'
-
-jobs:
-  build:
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    if: github.repository == 'mbroz/cryptsetup'
-    strategy:
-      fail-fast: false
-      matrix:
-        env:
-          - { COMPILER: "gcc", COMPILER_VERSION: "14",  RUN_SSH_PLUGIN_TEST: "1" }
-    env: ${{ matrix.env }}
-    steps:
-      - name: Repository checkout
-        uses: actions/checkout@v4
-      - name: Ubuntu setup
-        run: sudo -E .github/workflows/cibuild-setup-ubuntu.sh
-      - name: Configure & Make
-        run: .github/workflows/cibuild.sh CONFIGURE MAKE
-      - name: Check
-        run: sudo -E .github/workflows/cibuild.sh CHECK

.github/workflows/codeql.yml

@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-name: "CodeQL"
-
-on:
-  push:
-    branches:
-      - 'main'
-      - 'wip-luks2'
-      - 'v2.*.x'
-
-permissions:
-  contents: read
-
-jobs:
-  analyze:
-    name: Analyze
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    if: github.repository == 'mbroz/cryptsetup'
-    concurrency:
-      group: ${{ github.workflow }}-${{ matrix.language }}-${{ github.ref }}
-      cancel-in-progress: true
-    permissions:
-      actions: read
-      security-events: write
-
-    strategy:
-      fail-fast: false
-      matrix:
-        language: [ 'cpp' ]
-
-    steps:
-      - name: Checkout repository
-        uses: actions/checkout@v4
-
-      - name: Initialize CodeQL
-        uses: github/codeql-action/init@v3
-        with:
-          languages: ${{ matrix.language }}
-          queries: +security-extended,security-and-quality
-          config-file: .codeql-config.yml
-
-      - name: Install dependencies
-        run: |
-          sudo -E .github/workflows/cibuild-setup-ubuntu.sh
-          # Force autoconf for now, meson is broken in analysis step
-          rm meson.build
-
-        env: { COMPILER: "gcc", COMPILER_VERSION: "14",  RUN_SSH_PLUGIN_TEST: "1" }
-
-      - name: Autobuild
-        uses: github/codeql-action/autobuild@v3
-
-      - name: Perform CodeQL Analysis
-        uses: github/codeql-action/analyze@v3

.github/workflows/coverity.yml

@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-name: Coverity test
-on:
-  push:
-    branches:
-      - 'coverity_scan'
-    paths-ignore:
-      - 'docs/**'
-
-jobs:
-  latest:
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    if: github.repository == 'mbroz/cryptsetup'
-    steps:
-      - name: Repository checkout
-        uses: actions/checkout@v4
-      - name: Ubuntu setup
-        run: sudo -E .github/workflows/cibuild-setup-ubuntu.sh
-        env:
-          COMPILER: "gcc"
-          COMPILER_VERSION: "14"
-      - name: Install Coverity
-        run: |
-          wget -q https://scan.coverity.com/download/cxx/linux64 --post-data "token=$TOKEN&project=mbroz/cryptsetup" -O cov-analysis-linux64.tar.gz
-          mkdir cov-analysis-linux64
-          tar xzf cov-analysis-linux64.tar.gz --strip 1 -C cov-analysis-linux64
-        env:
-          TOKEN: ${{ secrets.COVERITY_SCAN_TOKEN }}
-      - name: Run autoconf & configure
-        run: |
-          ./autogen.sh
-          ./configure
-      - name: Run cov-build
-        run: |
-          export PATH=`pwd`/cov-analysis-linux64/bin:$PATH
-          cov-build --dir cov-int make
-      - name: Submit to Coverity Scan
-        run: |
-          tar czvf cryptsetup.tgz cov-int
-          curl \
-            --form project=mbroz/cryptsetup \
-            --form token=$TOKEN \
-            --form email=gmazyland@gmail.com \
-            --form file=@cryptsetup.tgz \
-            --form version=trunk \
-            --form description="`./cryptsetup --version`" \
-            https://scan.coverity.com/builds?project=mbroz/cryptsetup
-        env:
-          TOKEN: ${{ secrets.COVERITY_SCAN_TOKEN }}

.gitignore

@@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ Makefile.in.in
 *.lo
 *.la
 *.o
-*.so
-*.8
 **/*.dirstamp
 .deps/
 .libs/
@@ -17,7 +15,6 @@ ABOUT-NLS
 aclocal.m4
 autom4te.cache/
 compile
-compile_commands.json
 config.guess
 config.h
 config.h.in
@@ -28,7 +25,6 @@ config.sub
 configure
 cryptsetup
 cryptsetup-reencrypt
-cryptsetup-ssh
 depcomp
 install-sh
 integritysetup
@@ -57,6 +53,3 @@ tests/luks1-images
 tests/tcrypt-images
 tests/unit-utils-io
 tests/vectors-test
-tests/test-symbols-list.h
-tests/all-symbols-test
-tests/fuzz/LUKS2.pb*

.gitlab-ci.yml

@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-stages:
-  - test
-  - test-opal
-
-.fail_if_coredump_generated:
-  after_script:
-    - '[ "$(ls -A /var/coredumps)" ] && exit 1 || true'
-
-include:
-  - local: .gitlab/ci/debian.yml
-  - local: .gitlab/ci/fedora.yml
-  - local: .gitlab/ci/fedora-opal.yml
-  - local: .gitlab/ci/centos.yml
-#  - local: .gitlab/ci/annocheck.yml
-  - local: .gitlab/ci/csmock.yml
-  - local: .gitlab/ci/gitlab-shared-docker.yml
-  - local: .gitlab/ci/compilation-various-disables.yml
-  - local: .gitlab/ci/compilation-gcc.gitlab-ci.yml
-  - local: .gitlab/ci/compilation-clang.gitlab-ci.yml
-  - local: .gitlab/ci/compilation-spellcheck.yml
-  - local: .gitlab/ci/alpinelinux.yml
-  - local: .gitlab/ci/debian-i686.yml
-  - local: .gitlab/ci/cifuzz.yml

.gitlab/ci/alpinelinux.yml

@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
-.alpinelinux-dependencies:
-  variables:
-    DISTRO: cryptsetup-alpine-edge
-  extends:
-    - .fail_if_coredump_generated
-  before_script:
-    - >
-      sudo apk add
-      lvm2-dev openssl-dev popt-dev util-linux-dev json-c-dev
-      argon2-dev device-mapper which sharutils gettext-dev argp-standalone automake
-      autoconf libtool build-base keyutils tar jq expect git asciidoctor
-    # Be sure we have updated basic tools and system
-    - sudo apk upgrade gcc binutils build-base musl
-    - ./autogen.sh
-    - ./configure --prefix=/usr --libdir=/lib --sbindir=/sbin --disable-static --enable-libargon2 --with-crypto_backend=openssl --disable-external-tokens --disable-ssh-token --enable-asciidoc
-
-test-main-commit-job-alpinelinux:
-  extends:
-    - .alpinelinux-dependencies
-  tags:
-    - libvirt
-    - cryptsetup-alpine-edge
-  stage: test
-  interruptible: true
-  variables:
-    RUN_SSH_PLUGIN_TEST: "0"
-  rules:
-    - if: $RUN_SYSTEMD_PLUGIN_TEST != null
-      when: never
-    - if: $CI_PROJECT_PATH != "cryptsetup/cryptsetup"
-      when: never
-    - if: $CI_COMMIT_BRANCH == $CI_DEFAULT_BRANCH || $CI_COMMIT_BRANCH =~ /v2\..\.x$/
-  script:
-    - make -j
-    - make -j -C tests check-programs
-    - sudo -E make check
-
-test-mergerq-job-alpinelinux:
-  extends:
-    - .alpinelinux-dependencies
-  tags:
-    - libvirt
-    - cryptsetup-alpine-edge
-  stage: test
-  interruptible: true
-  variables:
-    RUN_SSH_PLUGIN_TEST: "0"
-  rules:
-    - if: $RUN_SYSTEMD_PLUGIN_TEST != null
-      when: never
-    - if: $CI_PROJECT_PATH != "cryptsetup/cryptsetup"
-      when: never
-    - if: $CI_PIPELINE_SOURCE == "merge_request_event"
-  script:
-    - make -j
-    - make -j -C tests check-programs
-    - sudo -E make check

.gitlab/ci/annocheck.yml

@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-test-main-commit-job-annocheck:
-  extends:
-    - .fail_if_coredump_generated
-  tags:
-    - libvirt
-    - cryptsetup-rhel-9
-  stage: test
-  interruptible: true
-  allow_failure: true
-  variables:
-    DISTRO: cryptsetup-rhel-9
-    RUN_SSH_PLUGIN_TEST: "1"
-  rules:
-    - if: $CI_PROJECT_PATH != "cryptsetup/cryptsetup"
-      when: never
-    - if: $CI_COMMIT_BRANCH == $CI_DEFAULT_BRANCH || $CI_COMMIT_BRANCH =~ /v2\..\.x$/
-  script:
-    - sudo /opt/run-annocheck.sh

.gitlab/ci/build_srpm

@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-
-set -e
-
-SAVED_PWD=$(pwd)
-GIT_DIR="$SAVED_PWD/upstream_git"
-SPEC="$GIT_DIR/misc/fedora/cryptsetup.spec"
-
-rm -fr $GIT_DIR
-
-git clone -q --depth 1 https://gitlab.com/cryptsetup/cryptsetup.git $GIT_DIR
-cd $GIT_DIR
-
-GIT_COMMIT=$(git rev-parse --short=8 HEAD)
-[ -z "$GIT_COMMIT" ] && exit 1
-
-sed -i "s/^AC_INIT.*/AC_INIT([cryptsetup],[$GIT_COMMIT])/" $GIT_DIR/configure.ac
-sed -i "s/^Version:.*/Version: $GIT_COMMIT/" $SPEC
-sed -i "s/%{version_no_tilde}/$GIT_COMMIT/" $SPEC
-sed -i "2i %global source_date_epoch_from_changelog 0" $SPEC
-sed -i "3i %define _unpackaged_files_terminate_build 0" $SPEC
-
-./autogen.sh
-./configure
-make -j dist
-
-rpmbuild --define "_sourcedir $GIT_DIR" --define "_srcrpmdir $SAVED_PWD" -bs $SPEC
-
-cd $SAVED_PWD
-rm -fr $GIT_DIR
-
-exit 0

.gitlab/ci/centos.yml

@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
-.centos-openssl-backend:
-  extends:
-    - .fail_if_coredump_generated
-  before_script:
-    - sudo dnf clean all
-    - >
-      sudo dnf -y -q  install
-      autoconf automake device-mapper-devel gcc gettext-devel json-c-devel
-      libblkid-devel libpwquality-devel libselinux-devel libssh-devel libtool
-      libuuid-devel make popt-devel libsepol-devel nc openssh-clients passwd
-      pkgconfig sharutils sshpass tar uuid-devel vim-common device-mapper
-      expect gettext git jq keyutils openssl-devel openssl gem swtpm swtpm-tools
-      tpm2-tools
-    - sudo gem install asciidoctor
-    - sudo -E git clean -xdf
-    - ./autogen.sh
-    - ./configure --enable-fips --enable-pwquality --with-crypto_backend=openssl --enable-asciidoc
-
-# non-FIPS jobs
-
-test-main-commit-centos-stream9:
-  extends:
-    - .centos-openssl-backend
-  tags:
-    - libvirt
-    - cryptsetup-centos-stream-9
-  stage: test
-  interruptible: true
-  variables:
-    DISTRO: cryptsetup-centos-stream-9
-    RUN_SSH_PLUGIN_TEST: "1"
-    RUN_KEYRING_TRUSTED_TEST: "1"
-  rules:
-    - if: $RUN_SYSTEMD_PLUGIN_TEST != null
-      when: never
-    - if: $CI_PROJECT_PATH != "cryptsetup/cryptsetup"
-      when: never
-    - if: $CI_COMMIT_BRANCH == $CI_DEFAULT_BRANCH || $CI_COMMIT_BRANCH =~ /v2\..\.x$/
-  script:
-    - make -j
-    - make -j -C tests check-programs
-    - sudo -E make check
-
-test-mergerq-centos-stream9:
-  extends:
-    - .centos-openssl-backend
-  tags:
-    - libvirt
-    - cryptsetup-centos-stream-9
-  stage: test
-  interruptible: true
-  variables:
-    DISTRO: cryptsetup-centos-stream-9
-    RUN_SSH_PLUGIN_TEST: "1"
-    RUN_KEYRING_TRUSTED_TEST: "1"
-  rules:
-    - if: $RUN_SYSTEMD_PLUGIN_TEST != null
-      when: never
-    - if: $CI_PROJECT_PATH != "cryptsetup/cryptsetup"
-      when: never
-    - if: $CI_PIPELINE_SOURCE == "merge_request_event"
-  script:
-    - make -j
-    - make -j -C tests check-programs
-    - sudo -E make check
-
-test-main-commit-centos-stream10:
-  extends:
-    - .centos-openssl-backend
-  tags:
-    - libvirt
-    - cryptsetup-centos-stream-10
-  stage: test
-  interruptible: true
-  variables:
-    DISTRO: cryptsetup-centos-stream-10
-    RUN_SSH_PLUGIN_TEST: "1"
-    RUN_KEYRING_TRUSTED_TEST: "1"
-  rules:
-    - if: $RUN_SYSTEMD_PLUGIN_TEST != null
-      when: never
-    - if: $CI_PROJECT_PATH != "cryptsetup/cryptsetup"
-      when: never
-    - if: $CI_COMMIT_BRANCH == $CI_DEFAULT_BRANCH || $CI_COMMIT_BRANCH =~ /v2\..\.x$/
-  script:
-    - make -j
-    - make -j -C tests check-programs
-    - sudo -E make check
-
-test-mergerq-centos-stream10:
-  extends:
-    - .centos-openssl-backend
-  tags:
-    - libvirt
-    - cryptsetup-centos-stream-10
-  stage: test
-  interruptible: true
-  variables:
-    DISTRO: cryptsetup-centos-stream-10
-    RUN_SSH_PLUGIN_TEST: "1"
-    RUN_KEYRING_TRUSTED_TEST: "1"
-  rules:
-    - if: $RUN_SYSTEMD_PLUGIN_TEST != null
-      when: never
-    - if: $CI_PROJECT_PATH != "cryptsetup/cryptsetup"
-      when: never
-    - if: $CI_PIPELINE_SOURCE == "merge_request_event"
-  script:
-    - make -j
-    - make -j -C tests check-programs
-    - sudo -E make check

.gitlab/ci/cibuild-setup-ubuntu.sh

@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-
-set -ex
-
-PACKAGES=(
-	git make autoconf automake autopoint pkg-config libtool libtool-bin
-	gettext libssl-dev libdevmapper-dev libpopt-dev uuid-dev libsepol-dev
-	libjson-c-dev libssh-dev libblkid-dev tar libargon2-dev libpwquality-dev
-	sharutils dmsetup jq xxd expect keyutils netcat-openbsd passwd openssh-client
-	sshpass asciidoctor
-)
-
-COMPILER="${COMPILER:?}"
-COMPILER_VERSION="${COMPILER_VERSION:?}"
-
-sed -i 's/^Types: deb$/Types: deb deb-src/' /etc/apt/sources.list.d/ubuntu.sources
-
-# use this on older Ubuntu
-# grep -E '^deb' /etc/apt/sources.list > /etc/apt/sources.list~
-# sed -Ei 's/^deb /deb-src /' /etc/apt/sources.list~
-# cat /etc/apt/sources.list~ >> /etc/apt/sources.list
-
-apt-get -y update --fix-missing
-DEBIAN_FRONTEND=noninteractive apt-get -yq install software-properties-common wget lsb-release
-RELEASE="$(lsb_release -cs)"
-
-if [[ $COMPILER == "gcc" ]]; then
-	# Latest gcc stack deb packages provided by
-	# https://launchpad.net/~ubuntu-toolchain-r/+archive/ubuntu/test
-	add-apt-repository -y ppa:ubuntu-toolchain-r/test
-	PACKAGES+=(gcc-$COMPILER_VERSION)
-elif [[ $COMPILER == "clang" ]]; then
-	wget -O - https://apt.llvm.org/llvm-snapshot.gpg.key | apt-key add -
-	add-apt-repository -n "deb http://apt.llvm.org/${RELEASE}/   llvm-toolchain-${RELEASE}-${COMPILER_VERSION} main"
-
-	# scan-build
-	PACKAGES+=(clang-tools-$COMPILER_VERSION clang-$COMPILER_VERSION lldb-$COMPILER_VERSION lld-$COMPILER_VERSION clangd-$COMPILER_VERSION)
-	PACKAGES+=(perl)
-else
-	exit 1
-fi
-
-#apt-get -y update --fix-missing
-(r=3;while ! apt-get -y update --fix-missing ; do ((--r))||exit;sleep 5;echo "Retrying";done)
-
-DEBIAN_FRONTEND=noninteractive apt-get -yq install "${PACKAGES[@]}"
-apt-get -y build-dep cryptsetup

.gitlab/ci/cifuzz.yml

@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-cifuzz:
-  variables:
-    OSS_FUZZ_PROJECT_NAME: cryptsetup
-    CFL_PLATFORM: gitlab
-    CIFUZZ_DEBUG: "True"
-    FUZZ_SECONDS: 300 # 5 minutes per fuzzer
-    ARCHITECTURE: "x86_64"
-    DRY_RUN: "False"
-    LOW_DISK_SPACE: "True"
-    BAD_BUILD_CHECK: "True"
-    LANGUAGE: "c"
-    DOCKER_HOST: "tcp://docker:2375"
-    DOCKER_IN_DOCKER: "true"
-    DOCKER_DRIVER: overlay2
-    DOCKER_TLS_CERTDIR: ""
-  image:
-    name: gcr.io/oss-fuzz-base/cifuzz-base
-    entrypoint: [""]
-  services:
-    - docker:dind
-
-  stage: test
-  parallel:
-    matrix:
-      - SANITIZER: [address, undefined, memory]
-  rules:
-    # Default code change.
-    # - if: $CI_PIPELINE_SOURCE == "merge_request_event"
-    #   variables:
-    #     MODE: "code-change"
-    - if: $CI_PROJECT_PATH != "cryptsetup/cryptsetup"
-      when: never
-    - if: $BUILD_AND_RUN_FUZZERS != null
-  before_script:
-    # Get gitlab's container id.
-    - export CFL_CONTAINER_ID=`cut -c9- < /proc/1/cpuset`
-  script:
-    # Will build and run the fuzzers.
-    # We use a hack to override CI_JOB_ID, because otherwise a bad path is used
-    # in GitLab CI environment
-    - CI_JOB_ID="$CI_PROJECT_NAMESPACE/$CI_PROJECT_TITLE" python3 "/opt/oss-fuzz/infra/cifuzz/cifuzz_combined_entrypoint.py"
-  artifacts:
-    # Upload artifacts when a crash makes the job fail.
-    when: always
-    paths:
-      - artifacts/

.gitlab/ci/clang-Wall

@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-# clang -Wall plus other important warnings not included in -Wall
-
-for arg in "$@"
-do
-	case $arg in
-	-O*) Wuninitialized=-Wuninitialized;;  # only makes sense with `-O'
-	esac
-done
-
-CLANG="clang${COMPILER_VERSION:+-$COMPILER_VERSION}"
-
-#PEDANTIC="-std=gnu99"
-#PEDANTIC="-pedantic -std=gnu99"
-#PEDANTIC="-pedantic -std=gnu99 -Wno-variadic-macros"
-#CONVERSION="-Wconversion"
-
-EXTRA="\
- -Wextra \
- -Wsign-compare \
- -Wcast-align
- -Werror-implicit-function-declaration \
- -Wpointer-arith \
- -Wwrite-strings \
- -Wswitch \
- -Wmissing-format-attribute \
- -Winit-self \
- -Wold-style-definition \
- -Wno-missing-field-initializers \
- -Wunused-parameter \
- -Wno-long-long"
-
-exec $CLANG $PEDANTIC $CONVERSION \
-	-Wall $Wuninitialized \
-	-Wno-switch \
-	-Wdisabled-optimization \
-	-Wwrite-strings \
-	-Wpointer-arith \
-	-Wbad-function-cast \
-	-Wmissing-prototypes \
-	-Wmissing-declarations \
-	-Wstrict-prototypes \
-	-Wnested-externs \
-	-Wcomment \
-	-Winline \
-	-Wcast-qual \
-	-Wredundant-decls $EXTRA \
-	"$@"

.gitlab/ci/compilation-clang.gitlab-ci.yml

@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-test-clang-compilation:
-  extends:
-    - .gitlab-shared-clang
-  script:
-    - export CFLAGS="-Wall -Werror"
-    - ./autogen.sh
-    - $CC --version
-    - ./configure
-    - make -j
-    - make -j check-programs
-
-test-clang-Wall-script-ubuntu:
-  extends:
-    - .gitlab-shared-clang
-  script:
-    - export CFLAGS="-g -O0"
-    - export CC="$CI_PROJECT_DIR/.gitlab/ci/clang-Wall"
-    - ./autogen.sh
-    - $CC --version
-    - ./configure
-    - make -j CFLAGS="-g -O0 -Werror"
-    - make -j CFLAGS="-g -O0 -Werror" check-programs
-
-test-clang-Wall-script-alpine:
-  extends:
-    - .gitlab-shared-clang-alpine
-  allow_failure: true
-  script:
-    - export CFLAGS="-g -O0"
-    - export CC="$CI_PROJECT_DIR/.gitlab/ci/clang-Wall"
-    - ./autogen.sh
-    - $CC --version
-    - ./configure
-    - make -j CFLAGS="-g -O0 -Werror"
-    - make -j CFLAGS="-g -O0 -Werror" check-programs
-
-test-scan-build-ubuntu:
-  extends:
-    - .gitlab-shared-clang
-  script:
-    - ./autogen.sh
-    - echo "scan-build${COMPILER_VERSION:+-$COMPILER_VERSION}"
-    - scan-build${COMPILER_VERSION:+-$COMPILER_VERSION} -V ./configure CFLAGS="-g -O0"
-    - make clean
-    - scan-build${COMPILER_VERSION:+-$COMPILER_VERSION} --status-bugs -maxloop 10 make -j
-    - scan-build${COMPILER_VERSION:+-$COMPILER_VERSION} --status-bugs -maxloop 10 make -j check-programs
-
-test-scan-build-alpine:
-  extends:
-    - .gitlab-shared-clang-alpine
-  allow_failure: true
-  script:
-    - ./autogen.sh
-    - echo "scan-build${COMPILER_VERSION:+-$COMPILER_VERSION}"
-    - scan-build${COMPILER_VERSION:+-$COMPILER_VERSION} -V ./configure CFLAGS="-g -O0"
-    - make clean
-    - scan-build${COMPILER_VERSION:+-$COMPILER_VERSION} --status-bugs -maxloop 10 make -j
-    - scan-build${COMPILER_VERSION:+-$COMPILER_VERSION} --status-bugs -maxloop 10 make -j check-programs
-
-test-scan-build-backends:
-  extends:
-    - .gitlab-shared-clang
-  parallel:
-    matrix:
-      - BACKENDS: [
-          "openssl",
-          "gcrypt",
-          "nss",
-          "kernel",
-          "nettle",
-          "mbedtls"
-      ]
-  rules:
-    - if: $CI_PROJECT_PATH != "cryptsetup/cryptsetup"
-      when: never
-    - if: $CI_PIPELINE_SOURCE == "merge_request_event" || $CI_COMMIT_BRANCH == $CI_DEFAULT_BRANCH || $CI_COMMIT_BRANCH =~ /v2\..\.x$/
-      changes:
-        - lib/crypto_backend/*
-  script:
-    - DEBIAN_FRONTEND=noninteractive apt-get -yq install libgcrypt20-dev libnss3-dev nettle-dev libmbedtls-dev
-    - ./autogen.sh
-    - echo "Configuring with crypto backend $BACKENDS"
-    - echo "scan-build${COMPILER_VERSION:+-$COMPILER_VERSION}"
-    - scan-build${COMPILER_VERSION:+-$COMPILER_VERSION} -V ./configure CFLAGS="-g -O0" --with-crypto_backend=$BACKENDS
-    - make clean
-    - scan-build${COMPILER_VERSION:+-$COMPILER_VERSION} --status-bugs -maxloop 10 make -j
-    - scan-build${COMPILER_VERSION:+-$COMPILER_VERSION} --status-bugs -maxloop 10 make -j check-programs
-    - ./tests/vectors-test

.gitlab/ci/compilation-gcc.gitlab-ci.yml

@@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
-test-gcc-compilation:
-  extends:
-    - .gitlab-shared-gcc
-  script:
-    - export CFLAGS="-Wall -Werror"
-    - ./autogen.sh
-    - $CC --version
-    - ./configure
-    - make -j
-    - make -j check-programs
-
-test-gcc-Wall-script-ubuntu:
-  extends:
-    - .gitlab-shared-gcc
-  script:
-    - export CFLAGS="-g -O0"
-    - export CC="$CI_PROJECT_DIR/.gitlab/ci/gcc-Wall"
-    - ./autogen.sh
-    - $CC --version
-    - ./configure
-    - make -j CFLAGS="-g -O0 -Werror"
-    - make -j CFLAGS="-g -O0 -Werror" check-programs
-
-test-gcc-Wall-script-alpine:
-  extends:
-    - .gitlab-shared-gcc-alpine
-  allow_failure: true
-  script:
-    - export CFLAGS="-g -O0"
-    - export CC="$CI_PROJECT_DIR/.gitlab/ci/gcc-Wall"
-    - ./autogen.sh
-    - $CC --version
-    - ./configure
-    - make -j CFLAGS="-g -O0 -Werror"
-    - make -j CFLAGS="-g -O0 -Werror" check-programs
-
-test-gcc-fanalyzer-ubuntu:
-  extends:
-    - .gitlab-shared-gcc
-  script:
-    - ./autogen.sh
-    - $CC --version
-    - ./configure CFLAGS="-Wall -Werror -g -O0 -fanalyzer -fdiagnostics-path-format=separate-events" --host=x86_64
-    - make -j
-    - make -j check-programs
-
-test-gcc-fanalyzer-alpine:
-  extends:
-    - .gitlab-shared-gcc-alpine
-  allow_failure: true
-  script:
-    - ./autogen.sh
-    - $CC --version
-    - ./configure CFLAGS="-Wall -Werror -g -O0 -fanalyzer -fdiagnostics-path-format=separate-events -Wno-analyzer-fd-leak" --host=x86_64
-    - make -j
-    - make -j check-programs
-
-test-gcc-fanalyzer-backends:
-  extends:
-    - .gitlab-shared-gcc
-  parallel:
-    matrix:
-      - BACKENDS: [
-          "openssl",
-          "gcrypt",
-          "nss",
-          "kernel",
-          "nettle",
-          "mbedtls"
-      ]
-  rules:
-    - if: $CI_PROJECT_PATH != "cryptsetup/cryptsetup"
-      when: never
-    - if: $CI_PIPELINE_SOURCE == "merge_request_event" || $CI_COMMIT_BRANCH == $CI_DEFAULT_BRANCH || $CI_COMMIT_BRANCH =~ /v2\..\.x$/
-      changes:
-        - lib/crypto_backend/*
-  script:
-    - DEBIAN_FRONTEND=noninteractive apt-get -yq install libgcrypt20-dev libnss3-dev nettle-dev libmbedtls-dev
-    - ./autogen.sh
-    - $CC --version
-    - echo "Configuring with crypto backend $BACKENDS"
-    - ./configure CFLAGS="-Wall -Werror -g -O0 -fanalyzer -fdiagnostics-path-format=separate-events" --host=x86_64 --with-crypto_backend=$BACKENDS
-    - make -j
-    - make -j check-programs
-    - ./tests/vectors-test

.gitlab/ci/compilation-spellcheck.yml

@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-test-run-spellcheck:
-  image: ubuntu:noble
-  tags:
-    - gitlab-org-docker
-  stage: test
-  interruptible: true
-  rules:
-    - if: $CI_PROJECT_PATH != "cryptsetup/cryptsetup"
-      when: never
-    - if: $CI_PIPELINE_SOURCE == "merge_request_event" || $CI_COMMIT_BRANCH == $CI_DEFAULT_BRANCH || $CI_COMMIT_BRANCH =~ /v2\..\.x$/
-  artifacts:
-    name: "spellcheck-$CI_COMMIT_REF_NAME"
-    paths:
-      - _spellcheck
-  before_script:
-    - apt-get -y update --fix-missing
-    - apt-get -y install git lintian codespell
-  script:
-    - echo "Running spellcheck"
-    - .gitlab/ci/spellcheck

.gitlab/ci/compilation-various-disables.yml

@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-test-gcc-disable-compiles:
-  extends:
-    - .gitlab-shared-gcc
-  parallel:
-    matrix:
-      - DISABLE_FLAGS: [
-          "keyring",
-          "external-tokens ssh-token",
-          "luks2-reencryption",
-          "cryptsetup veritysetup integritysetup",
-          "kernel_crypto",
-          "udev",
-          "internal-argon2",
-          "blkid",
-          "hw-opal"
-      ]
-  artifacts:
-    name: "meson-build-logs-$CI_COMMIT_REF_NAME"
-    paths:
-      - meson_builddir/meson-logs
-  script:
-    - DEBIAN_FRONTEND=noninteractive apt-get -yq install meson ninja-build
-    - export CFLAGS="-Wall -Werror"
-    - ./autogen.sh
-    - echo "Configuring with --disable-$DISABLE_FLAGS"
-    - ./configure $(for i in $DISABLE_FLAGS; do echo "--disable-$i"; done)
-    - make -j
-    - make -j check-programs
-    - git checkout -f && git clean -xdf
-    - meson -v
-    - echo "Configuring with -D$DISABLE_FLAGS=false"
-    - meson setup meson_builddir $(for i in $DISABLE_FLAGS; do [ "$i" == "internal-argon2" ] && echo "-Dargon-implementation=internal" || echo "-D$i=false"; done)
-    - ninja -C meson_builddir

.gitlab/ci/csmock.yml

@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-.dnf-csmock:
-  variables:
-    DISTRO: cryptsetup-fedora-rawhide
-    DISK_SIZE: 20
-  extends:
-    - .fail_if_coredump_generated
-  before_script:
-    - >
-      sudo dnf -y -q install
-      autoconf automake device-mapper-devel gcc gettext-devel json-c-devel
-      libblkid-devel libpwquality-devel libselinux-devel
-      libssh-devel libtool libuuid-devel make popt-devel
-      libsepol-devel.x86_64 pkgconfig tar uuid-devel git
-      openssl-devel asciidoctor meson ninja-build
-      rpm-build csmock
-
-test-commit-job-csmock:
-  extends:
-    - .dnf-csmock
-  tags:
-    - libvirt
-    - cryptsetup-fedora-rawhide
-  stage: test
-  interruptible: true
-  allow_failure: true
-  rules:
-    - if: $CI_PROJECT_PATH != "cryptsetup/cryptsetup"
-      when: never
-    - if: $CI_COMMIT_BRANCH == $CI_DEFAULT_BRANCH || $CI_COMMIT_BRANCH =~ /v2\..\.x$/ || $CI_PIPELINE_SOURCE == "merge_request_event"
-  script:
-    - .gitlab/ci/build_srpm
-    - .gitlab/ci/run_csmock
-  artifacts:
-    when: always
-    paths:
-      - cryptsetup-csmock-results.tar.xz

.gitlab/ci/debian-i686.yml

@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-test-mergerq-job-debian-i686:
-  extends:
-    - .debian-prep
-  tags:
-    - libvirt
-    - cryptsetup-debian-12i686
-  stage: test
-  interruptible: true
-  variables:
-    DISTRO: cryptsetup-debian-12i686
-    RUN_SSH_PLUGIN_TEST: "1"
-  rules:
-    - if: $RUN_SYSTEMD_PLUGIN_TEST != null
-      when: never
-    - if: $CI_PROJECT_PATH != "cryptsetup/cryptsetup"
-      when: never
-    - if: $CI_PIPELINE_SOURCE == "merge_request_event"
-  script:
-    - make -j
-    - make -j -C tests check-programs
-    - sudo -E make check
-
-test-main-commit-job-debian-i686:
-  extends:
-    - .debian-prep
-  tags:
-    - libvirt
-    - cryptsetup-debian-12i686
-  stage: test
-  interruptible: true
-  variables:
-    DISTRO: cryptsetup-debian-12i686
-    RUN_SSH_PLUGIN_TEST: "1"
-  rules:
-    - if: $RUN_SYSTEMD_PLUGIN_TEST != null
-      when: never
-    - if: $CI_PROJECT_PATH != "cryptsetup/cryptsetup"
-      when: never
-    - if: $CI_COMMIT_BRANCH == $CI_DEFAULT_BRANCH || $CI_COMMIT_BRANCH =~ /v2\..\.x$/
-  script:
-    - make -j
-    - make -j -C tests check-programs
-    - sudo -E make check

.gitlab/ci/debian.yml

@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
-.debian-prep:
-  extends:
-    - .fail_if_coredump_generated
-  before_script:
-    - sudo apt-get -y update
-    - >
-      sudo apt-get -y install -y -qq git gcc make autoconf automake autopoint
-      pkgconf libtool libtool-bin gettext libssl-dev libdevmapper-dev
-      libpopt-dev uuid-dev libsepol-dev libjson-c-dev libssh-dev libblkid-dev
-      tar libargon2-dev libpwquality-dev sharutils dmsetup jq xxd expect
-      keyutils netcat-openbsd passwd openssh-client sshpass asciidoctor
-      swtpm meson ninja-build python3-jinja2 gperf libcap-dev libtss2-dev
-      libmount-dev swtpm-tools tpm2-tools
-    - sudo apt-get -y build-dep cryptsetup
-    - sudo -E git clean -xdf
-    - ./autogen.sh
-    - ./configure --enable-libargon2 --enable-asciidoc
-
-test-mergerq-job-debian:
-  extends:
-    - .debian-prep
-  tags:
-    - libvirt
-    - cryptsetup-debian-12
-  stage: test
-  interruptible: true
-  variables:
-    DISTRO: cryptsetup-debian-12
-    RUN_SSH_PLUGIN_TEST: "1"
-    RUN_KEYRING_TRUSTED_TEST: "1"
-  rules:
-    - if: $CI_PROJECT_PATH != "cryptsetup/cryptsetup"
-      when: never
-    - if: $CI_PIPELINE_SOURCE == "merge_request_event"
-  script:
-    - make -j
-    - make -j -C tests check-programs
-    - sudo -E make check
-
-test-main-commit-job-debian:
-  extends:
-    - .debian-prep
-  tags:
-    - libvirt
-    - cryptsetup-debian-12
-  stage: test
-  interruptible: true
-  variables:
-    DISTRO: cryptsetup-debian-12
-    RUN_SSH_PLUGIN_TEST: "1"
-    RUN_KEYRING_TRUSTED_TEST: "1"
-  rules:
-    - if: $CI_PROJECT_PATH != "cryptsetup/cryptsetup"
-      when: never
-    - if: $CI_COMMIT_BRANCH == $CI_DEFAULT_BRANCH || $CI_COMMIT_BRANCH =~ /v2\..\.x$/
-  script:
-    - make -j
-    - make -j -C tests check-programs
-    - sudo -E make check
-
-# meson tests
-test-mergerq-job-debian-meson:
-  extends:
-    - .debian-prep
-  tags:
-    - libvirt
-    - cryptsetup-debian-12
-  stage: test
-  interruptible: true
-  variables:
-    DISTRO: cryptsetup-debian-12
-    RUN_SSH_PLUGIN_TEST: "1"
-    RUN_KEYRING_TRUSTED_TEST: "1"
-  rules:
-    - if: $CI_PROJECT_PATH != "cryptsetup/cryptsetup"
-      when: never
-    - if: $CI_PIPELINE_SOURCE == "merge_request_event"
-  script:
-    - sudo apt-get -y install -y -qq meson ninja-build
-    - meson setup build
-    - ninja -C build
-    - cd build && sudo -E meson test --verbose --print-errorlogs
-
-test-main-commit-job-debian-meson:
-  extends:
-    - .debian-prep
-  tags:
-    - libvirt
-    - cryptsetup-debian-12
-  stage: test
-  interruptible: true
-  variables:
-    DISTRO: cryptsetup-debian-12
-    RUN_SSH_PLUGIN_TEST: "1"
-    RUN_KEYRING_TRUSTED_TEST: "1"
-  rules:
-    - if: $CI_PROJECT_PATH != "cryptsetup/cryptsetup"
-      when: never
-    - if: $CI_COMMIT_BRANCH == $CI_DEFAULT_BRANCH || $CI_COMMIT_BRANCH =~ /v2\..\.x$/
-  script:
-    - sudo apt-get -y install -y -qq meson ninja-build
-    - meson setup build
-    - ninja -C build
-    - cd build && sudo -E meson test --verbose --print-errorlogs

.gitlab/ci/fedora-opal.yml

@@ -1,145 +0,0 @@
-.opal-template-fedora:
-  extends:
-    - .dnf-openssl-backend
-  tags:
-    - libvirt
-    - cryptsetup-fedora-rawhide
-  stage: test-opal
-  interruptible: false
-  variables:
-    OPAL2_DEV: "/dev/nvme0n1"
-    OPAL2_PSID_FILE: "/home/gitlab-runner/psid.txt"
-    VOLATILE: 1
-  script:
-    - sudo dnf install -y -q nvme-cli
-    - sudo nvme list
-    - make -j
-    - make -j -C tests check-programs
-    - sudo -E make check TESTS="00modules-test compat-test-opal"
-
-# Samsung SSD 980 500GB (on tiber machine)
-test-commit-rawhide-samsung980:
-  rules:
-    - if: $CI_PROJECT_PATH != "cryptsetup/cryptsetup"
-      when: never
-    - if: $CI_COMMIT_BRANCH == $CI_DEFAULT_BRANCH || $CI_COMMIT_BRANCH =~ /v2\..\.x$/
-  extends:
-    - .opal-template-fedora
-  tags:
-    - tiber
-  resource_group: samsung980-on-tiber
-  interruptible: false
-  variables:
-    PCI_PASSTHROUGH_VENDOR_ID: "144d"
-    PCI_PASSTHROUGH_DEVICE_ID: "a809"
-
-test-mergerq-rawhide-samsung980:
-  rules:
-    - if: $CI_PROJECT_PATH != "cryptsetup/cryptsetup"
-      when: never
-    - if: $CI_PIPELINE_SOURCE == "merge_request_event"
-  extends:
-    - .opal-template-fedora
-  tags:
-    - tiber
-  resource_group: samsung980-on-tiber
-  interruptible: false
-  variables:
-    PCI_PASSTHROUGH_VENDOR_ID: "144d"
-    PCI_PASSTHROUGH_DEVICE_ID: "a809"
-
-# WD PC SN740 SDDQNQD-512G-1014 (on tiber machine)
-# Disabled on 2025-03-20, seems broken
-#test-commit-rawhide-sn740:
-#  rules:
-#    - if: $CI_PROJECT_PATH != "cryptsetup/cryptsetup"
-#      when: never
-#    - if: $CI_COMMIT_BRANCH == $CI_DEFAULT_BRANCH || $CI_COMMIT_BRANCH =~ /v2\..\.x$/
-#  extends:
-#    - .opal-template-fedora
-#  tags:
-#    - tiber
-#  resource_group: sn740-on-tiber
-#  interruptible: false
-#  variables:
-#    PCI_PASSTHROUGH_VENDOR_ID: "15b7"
-#    PCI_PASSTHROUGH_DEVICE_ID: "5017"
-#
-#test-mergerq-rawhide-sn740:
-#  rules:
-#    - if: $CI_PROJECT_PATH != "cryptsetup/cryptsetup"
-#      when: never
-#    - if: $CI_PIPELINE_SOURCE == "merge_request_event"
-#  extends:
-#    - .opal-template-fedora
-#  tags:
-#    - tiber
-#  resource_group: sn740-on-tiber
-#  interruptible: false
-#  variables:
-#    PCI_PASSTHROUGH_VENDOR_ID: "15b7"
-#    PCI_PASSTHROUGH_DEVICE_ID: "5017"
-
-# Samsung SSD 980 PRO 1TB (on trantor machine)
-test-commit-rawhide-samsung980pro:
-  rules:
-    - if: $CI_PROJECT_PATH != "cryptsetup/cryptsetup"
-      when: never
-    - if: $CI_COMMIT_BRANCH == $CI_DEFAULT_BRANCH || $CI_COMMIT_BRANCH =~ /v2\..\.x$/
-  extends:
-    - .opal-template-fedora
-  tags:
-    - trantor
-  resource_group: samsung980pro-on-trantor
-  interruptible: false
-  variables:
-    PCI_PASSTHROUGH_VENDOR_ID: "144d"
-    PCI_PASSTHROUGH_DEVICE_ID: "a80a"
-
-test-mergerq-rawhide-samsung980pro:
-  rules:
-    - if: $CI_PROJECT_PATH != "cryptsetup/cryptsetup"
-      when: never
-    - if: $CI_PIPELINE_SOURCE == "merge_request_event"
-  extends:
-    - .opal-template-fedora
-  tags:
-    - trantor
-  resource_group: samsung980pro-on-trantor
-  interruptible: false
-  variables:
-    PCI_PASSTHROUGH_VENDOR_ID: "144d"
-    PCI_PASSTHROUGH_DEVICE_ID: "a80a"
-
-# # UMIS RPETJ256MGE2MDQ (on tiber machine)
-# test-commit-rawhide-umis:
-#   rules:
-#     - if: $CI_PROJECT_PATH != "cryptsetup/cryptsetup"
-#       when: never
-#     - if: $CI_COMMIT_BRANCH == $CI_DEFAULT_BRANCH || $CI_COMMIT_BRANCH =~ /v2\..\.x$/
-#   extends:
-#     - .opal-template-fedora
-#   tags:
-#     - tiber
-#   resource_group: umis-on-tiber
-#   stage: test
-#   interruptible: false
-#   variables:
-#     PCI_PASSTHROUGH_VENDOR_ID: "1cc4"
-#     PCI_PASSTHROUGH_DEVICE_ID: "6302"
-#
-# test-mergerq-rawhide-umis:
-#   rules:
-#     - if: $CI_PROJECT_PATH != "cryptsetup/cryptsetup"
-#       when: never
-#     - if: $CI_PIPELINE_SOURCE == "merge_request_event"
-#   extends:
-#     - .opal-template-fedora
-#   tags:
-#     - tiber
-#   resource_group: umis-on-tiber
-#   stage: test
-#   interruptible: false
-#   variables:
-#     PCI_PASSTHROUGH_VENDOR_ID: "1cc4"
-#     PCI_PASSTHROUGH_DEVICE_ID: "6302"

.gitlab/ci/fedora.yml

@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-.dnf-openssl-backend:
-  variables:
-    DISTRO: cryptsetup-fedora-rawhide
-    PKGS: >-
-      autoconf automake device-mapper-devel gcc gettext-devel json-c-devel
-      libargon2-devel libblkid-devel libpwquality-devel libselinux-devel
-      libssh-devel libtool libuuid-devel make popt-devel
-      libsepol-devel.x86_64 netcat openssh-clients passwd pkgconfig sharutils
-      sshpass tar uuid-devel vim-common device-mapper expect gettext git jq
-      keyutils openssl-devel openssl asciidoctor swtpm meson ninja-build
-      python3-jinja2 gperf libcap-devel tpm2-tss-devel libmount-devel swtpm-tools
-  extends:
-    - .fail_if_coredump_generated
-  before_script:
-    - sudo dnf clean all
-    - (r=3;while ! sudo dnf -y -q install $PKGS ; do ((--r))||exit;sleep 5;echo "Retrying";done)
-    - sudo -E git clean -xdf
-    - ./autogen.sh
-    - ./configure --enable-fips --enable-pwquality --enable-libargon2 --with-crypto_backend=openssl --enable-asciidoc
-
-test-main-commit-job-rawhide:
-  extends:
-    - .dnf-openssl-backend
-  tags:
-    - libvirt
-    - cryptsetup-fedora-rawhide
-  stage: test
-  interruptible: true
-  allow_failure: true
-  variables:
-    RUN_SSH_PLUGIN_TEST: "1"
-    RUN_KEYRING_TRUSTED_TEST: "1"
-    RUN_SYSTEMD_PLUGIN_TEST: "1"
-  rules:
-    - if: $CI_PROJECT_PATH != "cryptsetup/cryptsetup"
-      when: never
-    - if: $CI_COMMIT_BRANCH == $CI_DEFAULT_BRANCH || $CI_COMMIT_BRANCH =~ /v2\..\.x$/
-  script:
-    - make -j
-    - make -j -C tests check-programs
-    - sudo -E make check
-
-test-mergerq-job-rawhide:
-  extends:
-    - .dnf-openssl-backend
-  tags:
-    - libvirt
-    - cryptsetup-fedora-rawhide
-  stage: test
-  interruptible: true
-  allow_failure: true
-  variables:
-    RUN_SSH_PLUGIN_TEST: "1"
-    RUN_KEYRING_TRUSTED_TEST: "1"
-    RUN_SYSTEMD_PLUGIN_TEST: "1"
-  rules:
-    - if: $CI_PROJECT_PATH != "cryptsetup/cryptsetup"
-      when: never
-    - if: $CI_PIPELINE_SOURCE == "merge_request_event"
-  script:
-    - make -j
-    - make -j -C tests check-programs
-    - sudo -E make check

.gitlab/ci/gcc-Wall

@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-# gcc -Wall plus other important warnings not included in -Wall
-
-for arg in "$@"
-do
-	case $arg in
-	-O*) Wuninitialized=-Wuninitialized;;  # only makes sense with `-O'
-	esac
-done
-
-GCC="gcc${COMPILER_VERSION:+-$COMPILER_VERSION}"
-
-#PEDANTIC="-std=gnu99"
-#PEDANTIC="-pedantic -std=gnu99"
-#PEDANTIC="-pedantic -std=gnu99 -Wno-variadic-macros"
-#CONVERSION="-Wconversion"
-# -Wpacked \
-
-# This does more than expected for gcc (mixed code with declarations)
-# -Wdeclaration-after-statement \
-
-EXTRA="-Wextra \
- -Wsign-compare \
- -Werror-implicit-function-declaration \
- -Wpointer-arith \
- -Wwrite-strings \
- -Wswitch \
- -Wmissing-format-attribute \
- -Wstrict-aliasing=3 \
- -Winit-self \
- -Wunsafe-loop-optimizations \
- -Wold-style-definition \
- -Wno-missing-field-initializers \
- -Wunused-parameter \
- -Wno-long-long \
- -Wmaybe-uninitialized \
- -Wvla \
- -Wformat-overflow \
- -Wformat-truncation \
- -Wstringop-overread"
-
-exec $GCC $PEDANTIC $CONVERSION \
-	-Wall $Wuninitialized \
-	-Wno-switch \
-	-Wdisabled-optimization \
-	-Wwrite-strings \
-	-Wpointer-arith \
-	-Wbad-function-cast \
-	-Wmissing-prototypes \
-	-Wmissing-declarations \
-	-Wstrict-prototypes \
-	-Wnested-externs \
-	-Wcomment \
-	-Winline \
-	-Wcast-align=strict \
-	-Wcast-qual \
-	-Wredundant-decls $EXTRA \
-	"$@"

.gitlab/ci/gitlab-shared-docker.yml

@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-# Ubuntu
-.gitlab-shared-docker-ubuntu:
-  image: ubuntu:noble
-  tags:
-    - gitlab-org-docker
-  stage: test
-  interruptible: true
-  rules:
-    - if: $CI_PROJECT_PATH != "cryptsetup/cryptsetup"
-      when: never
-    - if: $CI_PIPELINE_SOURCE == "merge_request_event" || $CI_COMMIT_BRANCH == $CI_DEFAULT_BRANCH || $CI_COMMIT_BRANCH =~ /v2\..\.x$/
-  before_script:
-    - .gitlab/ci/cibuild-setup-ubuntu.sh
-    - export CC="${COMPILER}${COMPILER_VERSION:+-$COMPILER_VERSION}"
-    - export CXX="${COMPILER}++${COMPILER_VERSION:+-$COMPILER_VERSION}"
-
-# Alpine
-.gitlab-shared-docker-alpine:
-  image: alpine:latest
-  tags:
-    - gitlab-org-docker
-  stage: test
-  interruptible: true
-  rules:
-    - if: $CI_PROJECT_PATH != "cryptsetup/cryptsetup"
-      when: never
-    - if: $CI_PIPELINE_SOURCE == "merge_request_event" || $CI_COMMIT_BRANCH == $CI_DEFAULT_BRANCH || $CI_COMMIT_BRANCH =~ /v2\..\.x$/
-  before_script:
-    - apk add bash build-base clang clang-analyzer argp-standalone lvm2-dev openssl-dev popt-dev util-linux-dev json-c-dev device-mapper gettext-dev libssh-dev automake autoconf libtool tar asciidoctor
-    - export CC="${COMPILER}${COMPILER_VERSION:+-$COMPILER_VERSION}"
-    - export CXX="${COMPILER}++${COMPILER_VERSION:+-$COMPILER_VERSION}"
-
-.gitlab-shared-gcc:
-  extends:
-    - .gitlab-shared-docker-ubuntu
-  variables:
-    COMPILER: "gcc"
-    COMPILER_VERSION: "14"
-    CC: "gcc-14"
-
-.gitlab-shared-clang:
-  extends:
-    - .gitlab-shared-docker-ubuntu
-  variables:
-    COMPILER: "clang"
-    COMPILER_VERSION: "20"
-    CC: "clang-20"
-
-.gitlab-shared-gcc-alpine:
-  extends:
-    - .gitlab-shared-docker-alpine
-  variables:
-    COMPILER: "gcc"
-    CC: "gcc"
-
-.gitlab-shared-clang-alpine:
-  extends:
-    - .gitlab-shared-docker-alpine
-  variables:
-    COMPILER: "clang"
-    CC: "clang"

.gitlab/ci/run_csmock

@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-
-CSMOCK="sudo /usr/bin/csmock"
-CSMOCK_TOOLS="gcc,clang,cppcheck,shellcheck"
-CSMOCK_TXZ="cryptsetup-csmock-results.tar.xz"
-CSMOCK_ERR="cryptsetup-csmock-results/scan-results.err"
-
-$CSMOCK cryptsetup-*.src.rpm \
-       --keep-going --force \
-       --cswrap-timeout 300 \
-       --skip-patches \
-       --tools $CSMOCK_TOOLS \
-       --output $CSMOCK_TXZ \
-       --gcc-analyze \
-       --cppcheck-add-flag=--check-level=exhaustive \
-       || { echo "csmock command failed"; exit 2; }
-
-tar xJf $CSMOCK_TXZ $CSMOCK_ERR --strip-components 1 \
-       && test -s $CSMOCK_ERR \
-       && { echo "csmock discovered important errors"; echo 3; }
-
-exit 0

.gitlab/ci/spellcheck

@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/bash
-
-set -e
-DIR="_spellcheck"
-
-[ ! -d $DIR ] && mkdir $DIR
-
-echo "[SPELLINTIAN]"
-git ls-tree -rz --name-only HEAD | grep -Evz -e '\.(pdf|xz)$' -e ^po/ | \
-    xargs -r0 spellintian | \
-    grep -v "(duplicate word)" | \
-    grep -v "docs/" | tee $DIR/spell1.txt
-
-echo "[CODESPELL]"
-git ls-tree -rz --name-only HEAD | grep -Evz -e '\.(pdf|xz)$' -e ^po/ | \
-    xargs -r0 codespell | \
-    grep -v "EXPCT" | \
-    grep -v "params, prams" | \
-    grep -v "pad, padded" | \
-    grep -v "CIPHER, CHIP" | \
-    grep -v "gost" | \
-    grep -v "userA" | \
-    grep -v "re-use" | \
-    grep -v "fo ==" | \
-    grep -v "docs/" | tee $DIR/spell2.txt
-
-
-[ -s $DIR/spell1.txt ] && exit 1
-[ -s $DIR/spell2.txt ] && exit 2
-
-exit 0

.gitlab/issue_templates/Bug.md

@@ -9,10 +9,7 @@
 
 ### Debug log
 <!-- Paste a debug log of the failing command (add --debug option) between the markers below (to keep raw debug format).-->
-<!-- We need a lot of information from the debug log; without it, we cannot process your report. -->
-<!-- Debug log does not contain any private information. Do not paste private data; we'll ask you for more information if needed. -->
 ```
 Output with --debug option:
 
 ```
-<!-- NOTE: WITHOUT DEBUG LOG, THE BUG REPORT WILL BE CLOSED. ALSO, PLEASE DO NOT TRY TO REMOVE PARTS OF THE DEBUG LOG! -->

.travis-functions.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+#
+# .travis-functions.sh:
+#   - helper functions to be sourced from .travis.yml
+#   - designed to respect travis' environment but testing locally is possible
+#   - modified copy from util-linux project
+#
+
+if [ ! -f "configure.ac" ]; then
+	echo ".travis-functions.sh must be sourced from source dir" >&2
+	return 1 || exit 1
+fi
+
+## some config settings
+# travis docs say we get 1.5 CPUs
+MAKE="make -j2"
+DUMP_CONFIG_LOG="short"
+export TS_OPT_parsable="yes"
+
+function configure_travis
+{
+	./configure "$@"
+	err=$?
+	if [ "$DUMP_CONFIG_LOG" = "short" ]; then
+		grep -B1 -A10000 "^## Output variables" config.log | grep -v "_FALSE="
+	elif [ "$DUMP_CONFIG_LOG" = "full" ]; then
+		cat config.log
+	fi
+	return $err
+}
+
+function check_nonroot
+{
+	local cfg_opts="$1"
+
+	[ -z "$cfg_opts" ] && return
+
+	configure_travis \
+		--enable-cryptsetup-reencrypt \
+		--enable-internal-sse-argon2 \
+		"$cfg_opts" \
+		|| return
+
+	$MAKE || return
+
+	make check
+}
+
+function check_root
+{
+	local cfg_opts="$1"
+
+	[ -z "$cfg_opts" ] && return
+
+    configure_travis \
+		--enable-cryptsetup-reencrypt \
+		--enable-internal-sse-argon2 \
+		"$cfg_opts" \
+		|| return
+
+	$MAKE || return
+
+	# FIXME: we should use -E option here
+	sudo make check
+}
+
+function check_nonroot_compile_only
+{
+	local cfg_opts="$1"
+
+	[ -z "$cfg_opts" ] && return
+
+	configure_travis \
+		--enable-cryptsetup-reencrypt \
+		--enable-internal-sse-argon2 \
+		"$cfg_opts" \
+		|| return
+
+	$MAKE
+}
+
+function travis_install_script
+{
+	# install some packages from Ubuntu's default sources
+	sudo apt-get -qq update
+	sudo apt-get install -qq >/dev/null \
+		sharutils \
+		libgcrypt20-dev \
+		libssl-dev \
+		libdevmapper-dev \
+		libpopt-dev \
+		uuid-dev \
+		libsepol1-dev \
+		libtool \
+		dmsetup \
+		autoconf \
+		automake \
+		pkg-config \
+		autopoint \
+		gettext \
+		expect \
+		keyutils \
+		libjson-c-dev \
+		libblkid-dev \
+		dkms \
+		linux-headers-$(uname -r) \
+		linux-modules-extra-$(uname -r) \
+		|| return
+
+	# For VeraCrypt test
+	sudo apt-get install gost-crypto-dkms
+}
+
+function travis_before_script
+{
+	set -o xtrace
+
+	./autogen.sh
+	ret=$?
+
+	set +o xtrace
+	return $ret
+}
+
+function travis_script
+{
+	local ret
+	set -o xtrace
+
+	case "$MAKE_CHECK" in
+	gcrypt)
+		check_nonroot "--with-crypto_backend=gcrypt" && \
+		check_root "--with-crypto_backend=gcrypt"
+		;;
+	gcrypt_compile)
+		check_nonroot_compile_only "--with-crypto_backend=gcrypt"
+		;;
+	openssl)
+		check_nonroot "--with-crypto_backend=openssl" && \
+		check_root "--with-crypto_backend=openssl"
+		;;
+	openssl_compile)
+		check_nonroot_compile_only "--with-crypto_backend=openssl"
+		;;
+	kernel)
+		check_nonroot "--with-crypto_backend=kernel" && \
+		check_root "--with-crypto_backend=kernel"
+		;;
+	kernel_compile)
+		check_nonroot_compile_only "--with-crypto_backend=kernel"
+		;;
+	*)
+		echo "error, check environment (travis.yml)" >&2
+		false
+		;;
+	esac
+
+	ret=$?
+	set +o xtrace
+	return $ret
+}
+
+function travis_after_script
+{
+	return 0
+}

.travis.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+language: c
+
+sudo: required
+os: linux
+dist: focal
+group: edge
+
+compiler:
+  - gcc
+
+env:
+  # MAKE_CHECK="gcrypt"
+  - MAKE_CHECK="openssl"
+  # MAKE_CHECK="kernel"
+
+branches:
+  only:
+    - master
+    - wip-luks2
+    - v2.3.x
+
+before_install:
+  - uname -a
+  - $CC --version
+  - which $CC
+  # workaround clang not system wide, fail on sudo make install
+  - export CC=`which $CC`
+  # workaround travis-ci issue #5301
+  - unset PYTHON_CFLAGS
+
+install:
+  - source ./.travis-functions.sh
+  - travis_install_script
+
+before_script:
+  - travis_before_script
+
+script:
+  - travis_script
+
+after_script:
+  - travis_after_script

CONTRIBUTING.md

@@ -1,158 +0,0 @@
-Contributing to cryptsetup
-==========================
-For basic information about the cryptsetup project, please read [README](README.md).
-
-The Cryptsetup project uses free, open-source licenses; details are described in [licensing](README.licensing).
-
-For contribution code or documentation to the cryptsetup project, you must have the necessary rights to the content, and your contribution must be provided under the required license.
-
-We welcome contributions from everyone.
-
-Cryptsetup is an independent project with much volunteer effort, and our resources are limited.
-Following the guidelines specified in this file makes it easier for us to process your issue.
-
-Project maintainers can remove or reject abusive or otherwise unacceptable comments or code.
-
-Git repository
---------------
-The primary repository is located at [gitlab.com/cryptsetup/cryptsetup](https://gitlab.com/cryptsetup/cryptsetup).
-The development branch is ``main``; minor stable releases can use their branches with cherry-picked or backported patches.
-
-There are backup mirrors located at [github.com/mbroz/cryptsetup](https://github.com/mbroz/cryptsetup) and [git.kernel.org/pub/scm/utils/cryptsetup/cryptsetup.git](https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/utils/cryptsetup/cryptsetup.git).
-
-How to make a bug report
-------------------------
-To report an issue or feature request, please use GitLab [cryptsetup issue tracker](https://gitlab.com/cryptsetup/cryptsetup/-/issues).
-
-Before reporting an issue, please try to search documentation and existing issues. Always try to reproduce the problem on the latest supported release.
-Please *always* collect and attach ``--debug`` log and other information as instructed in the issue template.
-Even if you think the problem is obvious, we need logged information about the environment (like versions of kernel modules, etc.).
-
-Please do not report distribution-specific issues if they are not present in the latest upstream release.
-For such reports, please use downstream distribution-specific trackers.
-If the issue is related to upstream, downstream maintainers will redirect you here, or upstream maintainers will join the discussion.
-
-If you think that you found some security bug, please follow the instructions in the [SECURITY](SECURITY.md) file.
-
-How to contribute changes to cryptsetup
----------------------------------------
-The following notes are a very short introduction to cryptsetup internal processes and an overview of generic rules that should be followed for all changes.
-
-Changes from developers and external contributors should go through the GitLab repository [merge reguests](https://gitlab.com/cryptsetup/cryptsetup/-/merge_requests).
-Alternatively (for trivial changes), you can send a patch to [cryptsetup mailing list](mailto:cryptsetup@lists.linux.dev).
-
-Please do not write personal emails with questions or patches to maintainers and developers.
-
-### Project structure
-Cryptsetup projects include a libcryptsetup library, tools, token plugins, documentation, and a test suite.
-
-Cryptsetup library (libcryptsetup) exports [versioned symbols](lib/libcryptsetup.sym).
-Tools (cryptsetup, veritysetup, integritysetup) use libcryptsetup shared library.
-Some isolated parts in the lib directory can be reused for tools (the source is recompiled).
-
-The basic directory structure in the repository is
-```
-├── docs - Documentation and release notes.
-├── lib  - libcryptsetup implementation
-│   ├── bitlk           - Bitlocker format
-│   ├── crypto_backend  - Cryptography backend
-│   ├── fvault2         - FileVault2 format
-│   ├── integrity       - Linux dm-integrity interface
-│   ├── loopaes         - Linux LoopAES format
-│   ├── luks1           - LUKS1 format
-│   ├── luks2           - LUKS2 format including OPAL2 SED
-│   ├── tcrypt          - TrueCrypt / VeraCrypt format
-│   └── verity          - Linux dm-verity interface
-├── man - Manual pages (in AsciiDoc format)
-├── misc - Miscellaneous additions
-├── po - Translation files
-├── scripts - Scripts for system configuration
-├── src - Tools implementation
-├── tests - Testsuite (test units, regression tests, fuzzing)
-└── tokens - Token plugins
-```
-### Coordination with other projects
-The cryptsetup tools and library use low-level functions that depend on many other subsystems.
-Currently, the project is supported only for Linux (it will not work on Android or other systems).
-
-Cryptsetup project requires some parts of the Linux kernel, notably the *Device Mapper* (dm-crypt, dm-integrity, dm-verity, dm-zero modules) and kernel *userspace cryptographic interface*.
-Missing kernel interface can significantly limit (or even disallow) cryptsetup functionality.
-
-Integration in operating systems also depends on several other projects, most notably *systemd* (that implements its own tooling using libcryptsetup) and *util-Linux* (*blkid* parsing of supported format metadata). Some changes must be synchronized in all needed places (kernel, blkid, libcryptsetup).
-
-Several other projects implement their own token metadata (either through binary token plugins or through generic libcryptsetup JSON token access functions).
-
-### Used cryptography algorithms
-Cryptsetup avoids implementing cryptographic primitives but uses cryptographic libraries.
-Exceptions were PBKDF internal implementations - PBKDF2 and Argon2 until these were integrated into major cryptographic libraries.
-
-Cryptsetup can be compiled with several cryptographic libraries backend (OpenSSL, libgcrypt, Nettle, NSS, and Linux kernel userspace API).
-OpenSSL is the default and strongly recommended configuration.
-
-If the cryptographic library does not implement some cryptographic primitive (for example, if running in a FIPS-140 environment or just
-because it does not include it at all), functionality could be limited.
-
-### Configuration and versioning
-Cryptsetup can be configured using *Autoconf* or *Meson*. Autoconf support is being deprecated in the long term.
-Currently, all new configuration options must be implemented in both systems.
-
-Cryptsetup intentionally does not use a system configuration file (located in /etc).
-All functionality must be determined dynamically.
-
-All related /etc configuration files (crypttab, fstab and others) are maintained by systemd (in some legacy distributions by cryptsetup downstream).
-
-Cryptsetup uses [semantic versioning](https://semver.org/).
-Major and minor releases are always based on the main git branch; the minor stable (patch) versions can have some specific branch with backported or cherry-picked patches (from the main branch).
-Usually, minor releases happen twice per year and stable patch updates according to reported bugs (in 1-3 month intervals).
-
-### Compilation and debugging
-The library and tools are written in C language; we require C99 and support gcc and Clang compilers.
-Manual pages are generated from AsciiDoc sources and libcryptsetup API documentation by Doxygen (from libcryptsetup.h comments).
-Testsuite is a combination of local C utilities, fuzzing implementation in C++, bash scripts, and uses many other system utilities.
-
-All tools contain compiled-in debug messages that are available through --debug options.
-
-With Autoconf and libtool, you can run the cryptsetup tool in the debugger without installation using this one-line script:
-```
-libtool --mode=execute gdb --args ./cryptsetup --debug $@
-```
-This will ensure that a properly compiled libcryptsetup file is used.
-
-### Coding style
-Cryptsetup uses [Linux kernel coding style](https://cdn.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/process/coding-style.html) for libcryptsetup and tools (where applicable) with some additional notes:
-- Use tabulators for indentation; the line should not exceed 100 characters with an 8-character tabulator. Otherwise, use a tab of any length. :-).
-- The minimal C standard required is C99.
-- The ``goto`` use is allowed only for error path (``goto out`` for common code path, ``goto err`` for specific error code path).
-- Split patches per change; do not submit huge patches combining several changes.
-- Use an elaborative description in the patch header.
-- No need to use sign-off-by lines.
-- Use name prefixes (``crypt_``, ``LUKS2_`` and similar).
-- Avoid extensive preprocessor use (specifically conditional ``#if`` or ``#ifdef`` sections).
-- To check detected configuration options stored in config.h, always use ``#if SOMETHING`` (do NOT use ``#ifdef``).
-- Use output only through ``log_err, log_std, log_verbose, log_dbg`` macros.
-  The ``log_dbg`` is always in English; the others should be wrapped in the ``_()`` macro for translation.
-- Use ``assert()`` but only for simple invariants and variables (avoid calling functions).
-  Do not use assert for user-defined input (this should be a normal error path).
-- The code style is quite relaxed in testing scripts (code there is not intended for production use).
-
-### General rules and testing
-- Cryptsetup should work on all architectures supported by the Linux kernel.
-Only very few functionalities require specific hardware (notably Opal SED support).
-If you want to introduce some specific hardware support, please discuss it with the maintainers first.
-
-- All code changes should go through merge requests and reviews.
-Code can be merged after review approval (done by someone with the commit right to the development repository), but reviews from external people are very welcome, too.
-
-- All new functionality must come with at least rudimentary coverage in the test suite.
-Always run the test suite before opening the merge request (``make check`` with root privilege).
-
-- We have continuous integration (CI) that runs many tests automatically, but the output is not directly visible for external merge request authors (for security reasons).
-All CI scripts are available in .gitlab and .github folders in the project repository.
-
-  Maintainers will provide you log files if anything fails. Your code must produce no warnings before it is merged.
-
-- We run compilation with many extended [gcc](.gitlab/ci/gcc-Wall) and [Clang](.gitlab/ci/clang-Wall) warnings and include some analyzers, notably
-  - [Coverity](https://scan.coverity.com), GitHub CodeQL, Clang scan-build, and gcc static analyzer, and
-  - fuzzing integrated in [OSS-fuzz project](https://github.com/google/oss-fuzz/tree/master/projects/cryptsetup).
-
-- Testsuite can also partially run under Valgrind dynamic analyzer with ``make valgrind-check``.

ChangeLog

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+Since version 1.6 this file is no longer maintained.
+
+See docs/*ReleaseNotes for release changes documentation.
+
+See version control history for full commit messages.
+  https://gitlab.com/cryptsetup/cryptsetup/commits/master

INSTALL

@@ -0,0 +1,229 @@
+Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software
+Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is free documentation; the Free Software Foundation gives
+unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+
+Basic Installation
+==================
+
+   These are generic installation instructions.
+
+   The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for
+various system-dependent variables used during compilation.  It uses
+those values to create a `Makefile' in each directory of the package.
+It may also create one or more `.h' files containing system-dependent
+definitions.  Finally, it creates a shell script `config.status' that
+you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, and a
+file `config.log' containing compiler output (useful mainly for
+debugging `configure').
+
+   It can also use an optional file (typically called `config.cache'
+and enabled with `--cache-file=config.cache' or simply `-C') that saves
+the results of its tests to speed up reconfiguring.  (Caching is
+disabled by default to prevent problems with accidental use of stale
+cache files.)
+
+   If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try
+to figure out how `configure' could check whether to do them, and mail
+diffs or instructions to the address given in the `README' so they can
+be considered for the next release.  If you are using the cache, and at
+some point `config.cache' contains results you don't want to keep, you
+may remove or edit it.
+
+   The file `configure.ac' (or `configure.in') is used to create
+`configure' by a program called `autoconf'.  You only need
+`configure.ac' if you want to change it or regenerate `configure' using
+a newer version of `autoconf'.
+
+The simplest way to compile this package is:
+
+  1. `cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type
+     `./configure' to configure the package for your system.  If you're
+     using `csh' on an old version of System V, you might need to type
+     `sh ./configure' instead to prevent `csh' from trying to execute
+     `configure' itself.
+
+     Running `configure' takes a while.  While running, it prints some
+     messages telling which features it is checking for.
+
+  2. Type `make' to compile the package.
+
+  3. Optionally, type `make check' to run any self-tests that come with
+     the package.
+
+  4. Type `make install' to install the programs and any data files and
+     documentation.
+
+  5. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the
+     source code directory by typing `make clean'.  To also remove the
+     files that `configure' created (so you can compile the package for
+     a different kind of computer), type `make distclean'.  There is
+     also a `make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly
+     for the package's developers.  If you use it, you may have to get
+     all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came
+     with the distribution.
+
+Compilers and Options
+=====================
+
+   Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that
+the `configure' script does not know about.  Run `./configure --help'
+for details on some of the pertinent environment variables.
+
+   You can give `configure' initial values for configuration parameters
+by setting variables in the command line or in the environment.  Here
+is an example:
+
+     ./configure CC=c89 CFLAGS=-O2 LIBS=-lposix
+
+   *Note Defining Variables::, for more details.
+
+Compiling For Multiple Architectures
+====================================
+
+   You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the
+same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their
+own directory.  To do this, you must use a version of `make' that
+supports the `VPATH' variable, such as GNU `make'.  `cd' to the
+directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run
+the `configure' script.  `configure' automatically checks for the
+source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'.
+
+   If you have to use a `make' that does not support the `VPATH'
+variable, you have to compile the package for one architecture at a
+time in the source code directory.  After you have installed the
+package for one architecture, use `make distclean' before reconfiguring
+for another architecture.
+
+Installation Names
+==================
+
+   By default, `make install' will install the package's files in
+`/usr/local/bin', `/usr/local/man', etc.  You can specify an
+installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving `configure' the
+option `--prefix=PATH'.
+
+   You can specify separate installation prefixes for
+architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files.  If you
+give `configure' the option `--exec-prefix=PATH', the package will use
+PATH as the prefix for installing programs and libraries.
+Documentation and other data files will still use the regular prefix.
+
+   In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give
+options like `--bindir=PATH' to specify different values for particular
+kinds of files.  Run `configure --help' for a list of the directories
+you can set and what kinds of files go in them.
+
+   If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed
+with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving `configure' the
+option `--program-prefix=PREFIX' or `--program-suffix=SUFFIX'.
+
+Optional Features
+=================
+
+   Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to
+`configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package.
+They may also pay attention to `--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE
+is something like `gnu-as' or `x' (for the X Window System).  The
+`README' should mention any `--enable-' and `--with-' options that the
+package recognizes.
+
+   For packages that use the X Window System, `configure' can usually
+find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't,
+you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and
+`--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations.
+
+Specifying the System Type
+==========================
+
+   There may be some features `configure' cannot figure out
+automatically, but needs to determine by the type of machine the package
+will run on.  Usually, assuming the package is built to be run on the
+_same_ architectures, `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints
+a message saying it cannot guess the machine type, give it the
+`--build=TYPE' option.  TYPE can either be a short name for the system
+type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name which has the form:
+
+     CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM
+
+where SYSTEM can have one of these forms:
+
+     OS KERNEL-OS
+
+   See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field.  If
+`config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't
+need to know the machine type.
+
+   If you are _building_ compiler tools for cross-compiling, you should
+use the `--target=TYPE' option to select the type of system they will
+produce code for.
+
+   If you want to _use_ a cross compiler, that generates code for a
+platform different from the build platform, you should specify the
+"host" platform (i.e., that on which the generated programs will
+eventually be run) with `--host=TYPE'.
+
+Sharing Defaults
+================
+
+   If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share,
+you can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives
+default values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'.
+`configure' looks for `PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then
+`PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists.  Or, you can set the
+`CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script.
+A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script.
+
+Defining Variables
+==================
+
+   Variables not defined in a site shell script can be set in the
+environment passed to `configure'.  However, some packages may run
+configure again during the build, and the customized values of these
+variables may be lost.  In order to avoid this problem, you should set
+them in the `configure' command line, using `VAR=value'.  For example:
+
+     ./configure CC=/usr/local2/bin/gcc
+
+will cause the specified gcc to be used as the C compiler (unless it is
+overridden in the site shell script).
+
+`configure' Invocation
+======================
+
+   `configure' recognizes the following options to control how it
+operates.
+
+`--help'
+`-h'
+     Print a summary of the options to `configure', and exit.
+
+`--version'
+`-V'
+     Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure'
+     script, and exit.
+
+`--cache-file=FILE'
+     Enable the cache: use and save the results of the tests in FILE,
+     traditionally `config.cache'.  FILE defaults to `/dev/null' to
+     disable caching.
+
+`--config-cache'
+`-C'
+     Alias for `--cache-file=config.cache'.
+
+`--quiet'
+`--silent'
+`-q'
+     Do not print messages saying which checks are being made.  To
+     suppress all normal output, redirect it to `/dev/null' (any error
+     messages will still be shown).
+
+`--srcdir=DIR'
+     Look for the package's source code in directory DIR.  Usually
+     `configure' can determine that directory automatically.
+
+`configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options.  Run
+`configure --help' for more details.
+

Makefile.am

@@ -1,19 +1,5 @@
-EXTRA_DIST = README.md SECURITY.md README.licensing CONTRIBUTING.md FAQ.md docs misc autogen.sh
-EXTRA_DIST += meson_options.txt \
-	meson.build \
-	lib/crypto_backend/argon2/meson.build \
-	lib/crypto_backend/meson.build \
-	lib/meson.build \
-	man/meson.build \
-	po/meson.build \
-	scripts/meson.build \
-	src/meson.build \
-	tests/meson.build \
-	tests/fuzz/meson.build \
-	tokens/meson.build \
-	tokens/ssh/meson.build
-
-SUBDIRS = po tests tests/fuzz
+EXTRA_DIST = COPYING.LGPL FAQ docs misc
+SUBDIRS = po tests
 CLEANFILES =
 DISTCLEAN_TARGETS =
 
@@ -27,26 +13,16 @@ AM_CPPFLAGS = \
         -DSYSCONFDIR=\""$(sysconfdir)"\"        \
         -DVERSION=\""$(VERSION)"\"
 AM_CFLAGS = -Wall
-AM_CXXFLAGS = -Wall
 AM_LDFLAGS =
 
-if ENABLE_FUZZ_TARGETS
-AM_CFLAGS += -fsanitize=fuzzer-no-link
-AM_CXXFLAGS += -fsanitize=fuzzer-no-link
-endif
-
-LDADD = $(LTLIBINTL)
+LDADD = $(LTLIBINTL) -lm
 
 tmpfilesddir = @DEFAULT_TMPFILESDIR@
 
-include_HEADERS =
-lib_LTLIBRARIES =
 noinst_LTLIBRARIES =
 sbin_PROGRAMS =
 man8_MANS =
 tmpfilesd_DATA =
-pkgconfig_DATA =
-dist_noinst_DATA =
 
 include man/Makemodule.am
 
@@ -59,14 +35,12 @@ include lib/crypto_backend/Makemodule.am
 include lib/Makemodule.am
 
 include src/Makemodule.am
-include tokens/Makemodule.am
 
 ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4
 
 DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS = 	\
 	--with-tmpfilesdir=$$dc_install_base/usr/lib/tmpfiles.d \
-	--enable-internal-argon2 --enable-internal-sse-argon2 \
-	--enable-external-tokens --enable-ssh-token --enable-asciidoc
+	--enable-internal-argon2 --enable-internal-sse-argon2
 
 distclean-local:
 	-find . -name \*~ -o -name \*.orig -o -name \*.rej | xargs rm -f
@@ -74,17 +48,3 @@ distclean-local:
 
 clean-local:
 	-rm -rf docs/doxygen_api_docs libargon2.la
-
-install-data-local:
-	$(MKDIR_P) -m 0755 $(DESTDIR)/${EXTERNAL_LUKS2_TOKENS_PATH}
-
-uninstall-local:
-	rmdir $(DESTDIR)/${EXTERNAL_LUKS2_TOKENS_PATH} 2>/dev/null || :
-
-check-programs: libcryptsetup.la
-	$(MAKE) -C tests $@
-
-if ENABLE_FUZZ_TARGETS
-fuzz-targets: libcryptsetup.la libcrypto_backend.la
-	$(MAKE) -C tests/fuzz $@
-endif

NEWS

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+See docs/* directory for Release Notes.

README

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+
+                        cryptsetup
+
+setup cryptographic volumes for dm-crypt (including LUKS extension)
+
+WEB PAGE:
+
+      https://gitlab.com/cryptsetup/cryptsetup/
+
+FAQ:
+
+      https://gitlab.com/cryptsetup/cryptsetup/wikis/FrequentlyAskedQuestions
+
+MAILING LIST:
+
+      E-MAIL: dm-crypt@saout.de
+      URL:    https://www.saout.de/mailman/listinfo/dm-crypt
+      ARCHIVE: https://lore.kernel.org/dm-crypt/
+
+DOWNLOAD:
+
+      https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/cryptsetup/
+
+SOURCE CODE:
+
+      URL: https://gitlab.com/cryptsetup/cryptsetup/tree/master
+      Checkout: git clone https://gitlab.com/cryptsetup/cryptsetup.git
+
+NLS (PO TRANSLATIONS):
+
+      PO files are maintained by:
+          https://translationproject.org/domain/cryptsetup.html

README.licensing

@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-The cryptsetup project does not use the same license for all of the code and documentation.
-
-There is code and documentation under:
-
-   * GPL-2.0-or-later   - GNU General Public License version 2, or any later version
-
-   * LGPL-2.1-or-later WITH cryptsetup-OpenSSL-exception
-   * LGPL-2.1-or-later  - GNU Lesser General Public License 2.1 or any later version,
-                          (with cryptsetup-OpenSSL-exception where applicable)
-
-   * Apache-2.0         - Apache License 2.0
-
-   * CC-BY-SA-4.0       - Creative Commons Attribution Share Alike 4.0 International
-
-   * Public Domain
-
-Please, check the source code for more details.
-
-The ./COPYING file (GPL-2.0-or-later) is the default license for code without
-an explicitly defined license.

README.md

@@ -2,136 +2,79 @@
 
 What the ...?
 =============
-**Cryptsetup** is an open-source utility used to conveniently set up disk encryption based
-on the [dm-crypt](https://gitlab.com/cryptsetup/cryptsetup/wikis/DMCrypt) kernel module.
+**Cryptsetup** is a utility used to conveniently set up disk encryption based
+on the [DMCrypt](https://gitlab.com/cryptsetup/cryptsetup/wikis/DMCrypt) kernel module.
 
-These formats are supported:
-  * **plain** volumes,
-  * **LUKS** volumes,
-  * **loop-AES**,
-  * **TrueCrypt** (including **VeraCrypt** extension),
-  * **BitLocker**, and
-  * **FileVault2**.
+These include **plain** **dm-crypt** volumes, **LUKS** volumes, **loop-AES**,
+**TrueCrypt** (including **VeraCrypt** extension) and **BitLocker** formats.
 
 The project also includes a **veritysetup** utility used to conveniently setup
-[dm-verity](https://gitlab.com/cryptsetup/cryptsetup/wikis/DMVerity)
-block integrity checking kernel module and **integritysetup** to setup
-[dm-integrity](https://gitlab.com/cryptsetup/cryptsetup/wikis/DMIntegrity)
-block integrity kernel module.
+[DMVerity](https://gitlab.com/cryptsetup/cryptsetup/wikis/DMVerity) block integrity checking kernel module
+and, since version 2.0,  **integritysetup** to setup
+[DMIntegrity](https://gitlab.com/cryptsetup/cryptsetup/wikis/DMIntegrity) block integrity kernel module.
+
 
 LUKS Design
 -----------
-**LUKS** is the standard for Linux disk encryption. By providing a standardized on-disk format,
-it not only facilitate compatibility among distributions, but also enables secure management
-of multiple user passwords. LUKS stores all necessary setup information in the partition header,
-which enables users to transport or migrate data seamlessly.
+**LUKS** is the standard for Linux hard disk encryption. By providing a standard on-disk-format, it does not  
+only facilitate compatibility among distributions, but also provides secure management of multiple user passwords.  
+LUKS stores all necessary setup information in the partition header, enabling to transport or migrate data seamlessly.
 
-### Specification and documentation
-  * The latest version of the
-  [LUKS2 format specification](https://gitlab.com/cryptsetup/LUKS2-docs).
-  * The latest version of the
-  [LUKS1 format specification](https://cdn.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/cryptsetup/LUKS_docs/on-disk-format.pdf).
-  * [Project home page](https://gitlab.com/cryptsetup/cryptsetup/).
-  * [Frequently asked questions (FAQ)](https://gitlab.com/cryptsetup/cryptsetup/wikis/FrequentlyAskedQuestions)
+Last version of the LUKS2 format specification is
+[available here](https://gitlab.com/cryptsetup/LUKS2-docs).
+
+Last version of the LUKS1 format specification is
+[available here](https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/cryptsetup/LUKS_docs/on-disk-format.pdf).
+
+Why LUKS?
+---------
+ * compatibility via standardization,
+ * secure against low entropy attacks,
+ * support for multiple keys,
+ * effective passphrase revocation,
+ * free.
+
+[Project home page](https://gitlab.com/cryptsetup/cryptsetup/).
+-----------------
+
+[Frequently asked questions (FAQ)](https://gitlab.com/cryptsetup/cryptsetup/wikis/FrequentlyAskedQuestions)
+--------------------------------
 
 Download
 --------
-Release notes and tarballs are available at
-[kernel.org](https://cdn.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/cryptsetup/).
+All release tarballs and release notes are hosted on [kernel.org](https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/cryptsetup/).
 
-**The latest stable cryptsetup release version is 2.8.1**
-  * [cryptsetup-2.8.1.tar.xz](https://cdn.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/cryptsetup/v2.8/cryptsetup-2.8.1.tar.xz)
-  * Signature [cryptsetup-2.8.1.tar.sign](https://cdn.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/cryptsetup/v2.8/cryptsetup-2.8.1.tar.sign)
+**The latest stable cryptsetup version is 2.3.5**
+  * [cryptsetup-2.3.5.tar.xz](https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/cryptsetup/v2.3/cryptsetup-2.3.5.tar.xz)
+  * Signature [cryptsetup-2.3.5.tar.sign](https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/cryptsetup/v2.3/cryptsetup-2.3.5.tar.sign)
     _(You need to decompress file first to check signature.)_
-  * [Cryptsetup 2.8.1 Release Notes](https://cdn.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/cryptsetup/v2.8/v2.8.1-ReleaseNotes).
+  * [Cryptsetup 2.3.5 Release Notes](https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/cryptsetup/v2.3/v2.3.5-ReleaseNotes).
 
-[Previous versions](https://cdn.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/cryptsetup)
+Previous versions
+ * [Version 2.0.6](https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/cryptsetup/v2.0/cryptsetup-2.0.6.tar.xz) -
+   [Signature](https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/cryptsetup/v2.0/cryptsetup-2.0.6.tar.sign) -
+   [Release Notes](https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/cryptsetup/v2.0/v2.0.6-ReleaseNotes).
+ * [Version 1.7.5](https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/cryptsetup/v1.7/cryptsetup-1.7.5.tar.xz) -
+   [Signature](https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/cryptsetup/v1.7/cryptsetup-1.7.5.tar.sign) -
+   [Release Notes](https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/cryptsetup/v1.7/v1.7.5-ReleaseNotes).
 
-Source and API documentation
-----------------------------
-For development version code, please refer to the
-[source](https://gitlab.com/cryptsetup/cryptsetup/tree/master) page, with mirrors
-at [kernel.org](https://git.kernel.org/cgit/utils/cryptsetup/cryptsetup.git/) and
-[GitHub](https://github.com/mbroz/cryptsetup).
+Source and API docs
+-------------------
+For development version code, please refer to [source](https://gitlab.com/cryptsetup/cryptsetup/tree/master) page,
+mirror on [kernel.org](https://git.kernel.org/cgit/utils/cryptsetup/cryptsetup.git/) or [GitHub](https://github.com/mbroz/cryptsetup).
 
-For libcryptsetup documentation see
-[libcryptsetup API](https://mbroz.fedorapeople.org/libcryptsetup_API/) page.
+For libcryptsetup documentation see [libcryptsetup API](https://mbroz.fedorapeople.org/libcryptsetup_API/) page.
 
-NLS PO files are maintained by
-[TranslationProject](https://translationproject.org/domain/cryptsetup.html).
+The libcryptsetup API/ABI changes are tracked in [compatibility report](https://abi-laboratory.pro/tracker/timeline/cryptsetup/).
 
-Required packages
------------------
-All major Linux distributions provide cryptsetup as a bundled package. If you need
-to compile cryptsetup yourself, various additional packages are required.
-Any distribution-specific build tools are preferred when manually configuring cryptsetup.
-
-Below are the packages needed to build for certain Linux distributions:
-
-**For Fedora**:
-```
-git gcc make autoconf automake gettext-devel pkgconfig openssl-devel popt-devel device-mapper-devel libuuid-devel json-c-devel libblkid-devel findutils libtool libssh-devel tar rubygem-asciidoctor
-
-Optionally: libargon2-devel libpwquality-devel
-```
-To run the internal testsuite (make check) you also need to install
-```
-sharutils device-mapper jq vim-common expect keyutils netcat shadow-utils openssh-clients openssh sshpass
-```
-
-**For Debian and Ubuntu**:
-```
-git gcc make autoconf automake autopoint pkg-config libtool gettext libssl-dev libdevmapper-dev libpopt-dev uuid-dev libsepol-dev libjson-c-dev libssh-dev libblkid-dev tar asciidoctor
-
-Optionally: libargon2-0-dev libpwquality-dev
-```
-To run the internal testsuite (make check) you also need to install
-```
-sharutils dmsetup jq xxd expect keyutils netcat-openbsd passwd openssh-client sshpass
-```
-
-Note that the list may change as Linux distributions evolve.
-
-Compilation
------------
-The cryptsetup project uses **automake** and **autoconf** system to generate all files needed to build.
-When building from a git snapshot,, use **./autogen.sh && ./configure && make**
-to compile the project. When building from a release **tar.xz** tarball, the configure script
-is pre-generated (no need to run **autoconf.sh**).
-See **./configure --help** and use the **--disable-[feature]** and **--enable-[feature]** options.
-
-To run the test suite that come with the project, type **make check**.
-Note that most tests will need root user privileges and will run dangerous storage failure simulations.
-Do **not** run tests with root privilege on production systems! Some tests will need the **scsi_debug**
-kernel module to be installed.
-
-For more details, please refer to the
-[automake](https://www.gnu.org/software/automake/manual/automake.html) and
-[autoconf](https://www.gnu.org/savannah-checkouts/gnu/autoconf/manual/autoconf.html) documentation.
+NLS PO files are maintained by [TranslationProject](https://translationproject.org/domain/cryptsetup.html).
 
 Help!
 -----
-### Documentation
-Please read the following before posting questions to the mailing list so that
-you can ask better questions and better understand answers.
+Please always read [FAQ](https://gitlab.com/cryptsetup/cryptsetup/wikis/FrequentlyAskedQuestions) first.
+For cryptsetup and LUKS related questions, please use the dm-crypt mailing list, [dm-crypt@saout.de](mailto:dm-crypt@saout.de).
 
-* [Frequently asked questions (FAQ)](https://gitlab.com/cryptsetup/cryptsetup/wikis/FrequentlyAskedQuestions),
-* [LUKS Specifications](#specification-and-documentation), and
-* manuals (aka man page, man pages, man-page) 
+If you want to subscribe just send an empty mail to [dm-crypt-subscribe@saout.de](mailto:dm-crypt-subscribe@saout.de).
 
-The FAQ is available online and in the source code for the project. The specifications are
-referenced above in this document. The man pages live within the source tree and should be
-available after installation using standard man commands, e.g. **man cryptsetup**.
-
-### Mailing List
-For cryptsetup and LUKS related questions, please use the cryptsetup mailing list
-[cryptsetup@lists.linux.dev](mailto:cryptsetup@lists.linux.dev),
-hosted at [kernel.org subspace](https://subspace.kernel.org/lists.linux.dev.html).
-To subscribe send an empty email message to
-[cryptsetup+subscribe@lists.linux.dev](mailto:cryptsetup+subscribe@lists.linux.dev).
-
-You can also browse and/or search the mailing [list archive](https://lore.kernel.org/cryptsetup/).
-USEnet News (NNTP), Atom feed and git access to the public inbox is available through
-[lore.kernel.org](https://lore.kernel.org) service.
-
-The former **dm-crypt** [list archive](https://lore.kernel.org/dm-crypt/) is also available.
+You can also browse [list archive](https://www.saout.de/pipermail/dm-crypt/) or read and search it through
+[web interface on lore.kernel.org](https://lore.kernel.org/dm-crypt/) or alternatively on [marc.info](https://marc.info/?l=dm-crypt).

SECURITY.md

@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-# Reporting a Security Bug in cryptsetup project
-
-If you think you have discovered a security issue, please report it through
-the project issue tracker [New issue](https://gitlab.com/cryptsetup/cryptsetup/issues)
-as a confidential issue (select confidential checkbox).
-
-An alternative is to send PGP encrypted mail to the cryptsetup maintainer.
-Current maintainer is [Milan Broz](mailto:gmazyland@gmail.com), use PGP key
-with fingerprint 2A29 1824 3FDE 4664 8D06 86F9 D9B0 577B D93E 98FC.
-

TODO

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+Please see issues tracked at https://gitlab.com/cryptsetup/cryptsetup/issues.

autogen.sh

@@ -29,10 +29,10 @@ DIE=0
   DIE=1
 }
 
-(grep "^LT_INIT" $srcdir/configure.ac >/dev/null) && {
-  (libtoolize --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 || {
+(grep "^AM_PROG_LIBTOOL" $srcdir/configure.ac >/dev/null) && {
+  (libtool --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 || {
     echo
-    echo "**Error**: You must have libtoolize installed."
+    echo "**Error**: You must have libtool installed."
     echo "Download the appropriate package for your distribution."
     DIE=1
   }
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ autopoint --force $AP_OPTS
 libtoolize --force --copy
 aclocal -I m4 $AL_OPTS
 autoheader $AH_OPTS
-automake --force-missing --add-missing --copy --gnu $AM_OPTS
+automake --add-missing --copy --gnu $AM_OPTS
 autoconf $AC_OPTS
 
 echo

configure.ac

@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 AC_PREREQ([2.67])
-AC_INIT([cryptsetup],[2.9.0-git])
+AC_INIT([cryptsetup],[2.3.5])
 
 dnl library version from <major>.<minor>.<release>[-<suffix>]
 LIBCRYPTSETUP_VERSION=$(echo $PACKAGE_VERSION | cut -f1 -d-)
-LIBCRYPTSETUP_VERSION_INFO=23:0:11
+LIBCRYPTSETUP_VERSION_INFO=18:0:6
 
 AM_SILENT_RULES([yes])
 AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR(src/cryptsetup.c)
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h:config.h.in])
 
 # For old automake use this
 #AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(dist-xz subdir-objects)
-AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([dist-xz 1.12 serial-tests subdir-objects foreign])
+AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([dist-xz 1.12 serial-tests subdir-objects])
 
 if test "x$prefix" = "xNONE"; then
 	sysconfdir=/etc
@@ -28,13 +28,12 @@ AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS
 AC_PROG_CC
 AM_PROG_CC_C_O
 AC_PROG_CPP
-AC_PROG_CXX
 AC_PROG_INSTALL
 AC_PROG_MAKE_SET
-AC_PROG_MKDIR_P
 AC_ENABLE_STATIC(no)
 LT_INIT
 PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG
+AM_ICONV
 
 dnl ==========================================================================
 dnl define PKG_CHECK_VAR for old pkg-config <= 0.28
@@ -53,33 +52,13 @@ AS_VAR_COPY([$1], [pkg_cv_][$1])
 AS_VAR_IF([$1], [""], [$5], [$4])
 ])
 ])
-dnl ==========================================================================
-dnl AsciiDoc manual pages
-
-AC_ARG_ENABLE([asciidoc],
-	AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-asciidoc], [do not generate man pages from asciidoc]),
-	[], [enable_asciidoc=yes]
-)
-
-AC_PATH_PROG([ASCIIDOCTOR], [asciidoctor])
-if test "x$enable_asciidoc" = xyes -a "x$ASCIIDOCTOR" = x; then
-	AC_MSG_ERROR([Building man pages requires asciidoctor installed.])
-fi
-AM_CONDITIONAL([ENABLE_ASCIIDOC], [test "x$enable_asciidoc" = xyes])
-
-have_manpages=no
-AS_IF([test -f "$srcdir/man/cryptsetup-open.8"], [
-	AC_MSG_NOTICE([re-use already generated man-pages.])
-	have_manpages=yes]
-)
-AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_MANPAGES], [test "x$have_manpages" = xyes])
-
 dnl ==========================================================================
 
 AC_C_RESTRICT
 
 AC_HEADER_DIRENT
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS(fcntl.h malloc.h inttypes.h uchar.h sys/ioctl.h sys/mman.h \
+AC_HEADER_STDC
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(fcntl.h malloc.h inttypes.h sys/ioctl.h sys/mman.h \
 	sys/sysmacros.h sys/statvfs.h ctype.h unistd.h locale.h byteswap.h endian.h stdint.h)
 AC_CHECK_DECLS([O_CLOEXEC],,[AC_DEFINE([O_CLOEXEC],[0], [Defined to 0 if not provided])],
 [[
@@ -128,46 +107,14 @@ if test "x$enable_largefile" = "xno"; then
   AC_MSG_ERROR([Building with --disable-largefile is not supported, it can cause data corruption.])
 fi
 
+AC_C_CONST
 AC_C_BIGENDIAN
 AC_TYPE_OFF_T
 AC_SYS_LARGEFILE
 AC_FUNC_FSEEKO
+AC_PROG_GCC_TRADITIONAL
 AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R
 
-dnl ==========================================================================
-dnl LUKS2 external tokens
-
-AC_ARG_ENABLE([external-tokens],
-	AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-external-tokens], [disable external LUKS2 tokens]),
-	[], [enable_external_tokens=yes])
-if test "x$enable_external_tokens" = "xyes"; then
-	AC_DEFINE(USE_EXTERNAL_TOKENS, 1, [Use external tokens])
-	dnl we need dynamic library loading here
-	saved_LIBS=$LIBS
-	AC_SEARCH_LIBS([dlsym],[dl])
-	AC_CHECK_FUNCS([dlvsym])
-	AC_SUBST(DL_LIBS, $LIBS)
-	LIBS=$saved_LIBS
-fi
-AM_CONDITIONAL(EXTERNAL_TOKENS, test "x$enable_external_tokens" = "xyes")
-
-AC_ARG_ENABLE([ssh-token],
-	AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-ssh-token], [disable LUKS2 ssh-token]),
-	[], [enable_ssh_token=yes])
-AM_CONDITIONAL(SSHPLUGIN_TOKEN, test "x$enable_ssh_token" = "xyes")
-
-if test "x$enable_ssh_token" = "xyes" -a "x$enable_external_tokens" = "xno"; then
-	AC_MSG_ERROR([Requested LUKS2 ssh-token build, but external tokens are disabled.])
-fi
-
-dnl LUKS2 online reencryption
-AC_ARG_ENABLE([luks2-reencryption],
-	AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-luks2-reencryption], [disable LUKS2 online reencryption extension]),
-	[], [enable_luks2_reencryption=yes])
-if test "x$enable_luks2_reencryption" = "xyes"; then
-	AC_DEFINE(USE_LUKS2_REENCRYPTION, 1, [Use LUKS2 online reencryption extension])
-fi
-
 dnl ==========================================================================
 
 AM_GNU_GETTEXT([external],[need-ngettext])
@@ -213,17 +160,6 @@ if test "x$enable_pwquality" = "xyes"; then
 	PWQUALITY_STATIC_LIBS="$PWQUALITY_LIBS -lcrack -lz"
 fi
 
-dnl ==========================================================================
-dnl fuzzers, it requires own static library compilation later
-AC_ARG_ENABLE([fuzz-targets],
-	AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-fuzz-targets], [enable building fuzz targets]))
-AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_FUZZ_TARGETS, test "x$enable_fuzz_targets" = "xyes")
-
-if test "x$enable_fuzz_targets" = "xyes"; then
-	AX_CHECK_COMPILE_FLAG([-fsanitize=fuzzer-no-link],,
-		AC_MSG_ERROR([Required compiler options not supported; use clang.]), [-Werror])
-fi
-
 dnl ==========================================================================
 dnl passwdqc library (cryptsetup CLI only)
 AC_ARG_ENABLE([passwdqc],
@@ -265,9 +201,6 @@ AC_DEFUN([CONFIGURE_GCRYPT], [
 		GCRYPT_REQ_VERSION=1.1.42
 	fi
 
-	use_internal_pbkdf2=0
-	use_internal_argon2=1
-
 	dnl libgcrypt rejects to use pkgconfig, use AM_PATH_LIBGCRYPT from gcrypt-devel here.
 	dnl Do not require gcrypt-devel if other crypto backend is used.
 	m4_ifdef([AM_PATH_LIBGCRYPT],[
@@ -291,24 +224,7 @@ AC_DEFUN([CONFIGURE_GCRYPT], [
 		NO_FIPS([])
 	fi
 
-	m4_ifdef([AM_PATH_LIBGCRYPT],[
-	AC_ARG_ENABLE([gcrypt-argon2],
-		dnl Check if we can use gcrypt Argon2 (1.11.0 supports empty password)
-		AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-gcrypt-argon2], [force disable internal gcrypt Argon2]),
-		[],
-		[AM_PATH_LIBGCRYPT([1.11.0], [use_internal_argon2=0], [use_internal_argon2=1])])
-	AM_PATH_LIBGCRYPT($GCRYPT_REQ_VERSION,,[AC_MSG_ERROR([You need the gcrypt library.])])],
-	AC_MSG_ERROR([Missing support for gcrypt: install gcrypt and regenerate configure.]))
-
-	AC_MSG_CHECKING([if internal cryptsetup Argon2 is compiled-in])
-	if test $use_internal_argon2 = 0; then
-		AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
-	else
-		AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
-	fi
-
 	AC_CHECK_DECLS([GCRY_CIPHER_MODE_XTS], [], [], [#include <gcrypt.h>])
-	AC_CHECK_DECLS([GCRY_KDF_ARGON2], [], [], [#include <gcrypt.h>])
 
 	if test "x$enable_static_cryptsetup" = "xyes"; then
 		saved_LIBS=$LIBS
@@ -328,25 +244,19 @@ AC_DEFUN([CONFIGURE_GCRYPT], [
 ])
 
 AC_DEFUN([CONFIGURE_OPENSSL], [
-	PKG_CHECK_MODULES([LIBCRYPTO], [libcrypto >= 0.9.8],,
+	PKG_CHECK_MODULES([OPENSSL], [openssl >= 0.9.8],,
 		AC_MSG_ERROR([You need openssl library.]))
-	CRYPTO_CFLAGS=$LIBCRYPTO_CFLAGS
-	CRYPTO_LIBS=$LIBCRYPTO_LIBS
+	CRYPTO_CFLAGS=$OPENSSL_CFLAGS
+	CRYPTO_LIBS=$OPENSSL_LIBS
 	use_internal_pbkdf2=0
-	use_internal_argon2=1
 
 	if test "x$enable_static_cryptsetup" = "xyes"; then
 		saved_PKG_CONFIG=$PKG_CONFIG
 		PKG_CONFIG="$PKG_CONFIG --static"
-		PKG_CHECK_MODULES([LIBCRYPTO_STATIC], [libcrypto])
-		CRYPTO_STATIC_LIBS=$LIBCRYPTO_STATIC_LIBS
+		PKG_CHECK_MODULES([OPENSSL_STATIC], [openssl])
+		CRYPTO_STATIC_LIBS=$OPENSSL_STATIC_LIBS
 		PKG_CONFIG=$saved_PKG_CONFIG
 	fi
-
-	saved_LIBS=$LIBS
-	AC_CHECK_DECLS([OSSL_get_max_threads], [], [], [#include <openssl/thread.h>])
-	AC_CHECK_DECLS([OSSL_KDF_PARAM_ARGON2_VERSION], [use_internal_argon2=0], [], [#include <openssl/core_names.h>])
-	LIBS=$saved_LIBS
 ])
 
 AC_DEFUN([CONFIGURE_NSS], [
@@ -367,7 +277,6 @@ AC_DEFUN([CONFIGURE_NSS], [
 	CRYPTO_CFLAGS=$NSS_CFLAGS
 	CRYPTO_LIBS=$NSS_LIBS
 	use_internal_pbkdf2=1
-	use_internal_argon2=1
 	NO_FIPS([])
 ])
 
@@ -378,7 +287,6 @@ AC_DEFUN([CONFIGURE_KERNEL], [
 #		[AC_MSG_ERROR([You need Linux kernel with userspace crypto interface.])],
 #		[#include <sys/socket.h>])
 	use_internal_pbkdf2=1
-	use_internal_argon2=1
 	NO_FIPS([])
 ])
 
@@ -395,24 +303,6 @@ AC_DEFUN([CONFIGURE_NETTLE], [
 
 	CRYPTO_STATIC_LIBS=$CRYPTO_LIBS
 	use_internal_pbkdf2=0
-	use_internal_argon2=1
-	NO_FIPS([])
-])
-
-AC_DEFUN([CONFIGURE_MBEDTLS], [
-	AC_CHECK_HEADERS(mbedtls/version.h,,
-		[AC_MSG_ERROR([You need mbedTLS cryptographic library.])])
-
-	saved_LIBS=$LIBS
-	AC_CHECK_LIB(mbedcrypto, mbedtls_md_init,,
-		[AC_MSG_ERROR([You need mbedTLS cryptographic library.])])
-	AC_CHECK_FUNCS(mbedtls_pkcs5_pbkdf2_hmac_ext)
-	CRYPTO_LIBS=$LIBS
-	LIBS=$saved_LIBS
-
-	CRYPTO_STATIC_LIBS=$CRYPTO_LIBS
-	use_internal_pbkdf2=0
-	use_internal_argon2=1
 	NO_FIPS([])
 ])
 
@@ -439,6 +329,11 @@ AC_ARG_ENABLE([veritysetup],
 	[], [enable_veritysetup=yes])
 AM_CONDITIONAL(VERITYSETUP, test "x$enable_veritysetup" = "xyes")
 
+AC_ARG_ENABLE([cryptsetup-reencrypt],
+	AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-cryptsetup-reencrypt], [disable cryptsetup-reencrypt tool]),
+	[], [enable_cryptsetup_reencrypt=yes])
+AM_CONDITIONAL(REENCRYPT, test "x$enable_cryptsetup_reencrypt" = "xyes")
+
 AC_ARG_ENABLE([integritysetup],
 	AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-integritysetup], [disable integritysetup support]),
 	[], [enable_integritysetup=yes])
@@ -485,20 +380,9 @@ PKG_CHECK_MODULES([JSON_C], [json-c])
 AC_CHECK_DECLS([json_object_object_add_ex], [], [], [#include <json-c/json.h>])
 AC_CHECK_DECLS([json_object_deep_copy], [], [], [#include <json-c/json.h>])
 
-dnl Check for libssh and argp for SSH plugin
-if test "x$enable_ssh_token" = "xyes"; then
-	PKG_CHECK_MODULES([LIBSSH], [libssh])
-	AC_CHECK_DECLS([ssh_session_is_known_server], [], [], [#include <libssh/libssh.h>])
-	AC_CHECK_HEADER([argp.h], [], AC_MSG_ERROR([You need argp library.]))
-	saved_LIBS=$LIBS
-	AC_SEARCH_LIBS([argp_parse],[argp])
-	AC_SUBST(ARGP_LIBS, $LIBS)
-	LIBS=$saved_LIBS
-fi
-
 dnl Crypto backend configuration.
 AC_ARG_WITH([crypto_backend],
-	AS_HELP_STRING([--with-crypto_backend=BACKEND], [crypto backend (gcrypt/openssl/nss/kernel/nettle/mbedtls) [openssl]]),
+	AS_HELP_STRING([--with-crypto_backend=BACKEND], [crypto backend (gcrypt/openssl/nss/kernel/nettle) [openssl]]),
 	[], [with_crypto_backend=openssl])
 
 dnl Kernel crypto API backend needed for benchmark and tcrypt
@@ -518,7 +402,6 @@ case $with_crypto_backend in
 	nss)     CONFIGURE_NSS([]) ;;
 	kernel)  CONFIGURE_KERNEL([]) ;;
 	nettle)  CONFIGURE_NETTLE([]) ;;
-	mbedtls) CONFIGURE_MBEDTLS([]) ;;
 	*) AC_MSG_ERROR([Unknown crypto backend.]) ;;
 esac
 AM_CONDITIONAL(CRYPTO_BACKEND_GCRYPT,  test "$with_crypto_backend" = "gcrypt")
@@ -526,7 +409,6 @@ AM_CONDITIONAL(CRYPTO_BACKEND_OPENSSL, test "$with_crypto_backend" = "openssl")
 AM_CONDITIONAL(CRYPTO_BACKEND_NSS,     test "$with_crypto_backend" = "nss")
 AM_CONDITIONAL(CRYPTO_BACKEND_KERNEL,  test "$with_crypto_backend" = "kernel")
 AM_CONDITIONAL(CRYPTO_BACKEND_NETTLE,  test "$with_crypto_backend" = "nettle")
-AM_CONDITIONAL(CRYPTO_BACKEND_MBEDTLS, test "$with_crypto_backend" = "mbedtls")
 
 AM_CONDITIONAL(CRYPTO_INTERNAL_PBKDF2, test $use_internal_pbkdf2 = 1)
 AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(USE_INTERNAL_PBKDF2, [$use_internal_pbkdf2], [Use internal PBKDF2])
@@ -539,21 +421,12 @@ AC_ARG_ENABLE([internal-argon2],
 AC_ARG_ENABLE([libargon2],
 	AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-libargon2], [enable external libargon2 (PHC) library (disables internal bundled version)]))
 
-if test $use_internal_argon2 = 0 || ( test "x$enable_internal_argon2" = "xno" && test "x$enable_libargon2" != "xyes" ); then
-	if test "x$enable_internal_argon2" = "xyes" || test "x$enable_libargon2" = "xyes"; then
-		AC_MSG_NOTICE([Argon2 in $with_crypto_backend lib is used; internal Argon2 options are ignored.])
-	fi
-	enable_internal_argon2=no
-	enable_internal_sse_argon2=no
-	enable_libargon2=no
-	use_internal_argon2=0
-elif test "x$enable_libargon2" = "xyes" ; then
+if test "x$enable_libargon2" = "xyes" ; then
 	AC_CHECK_HEADERS(argon2.h,,
 		[AC_MSG_ERROR([You need libargon2 development library installed.])])
 	AC_CHECK_DECL(Argon2_id,,[AC_MSG_ERROR([You need more recent Argon2 library with support for Argon2id.])], [#include <argon2.h>])
 	PKG_CHECK_MODULES([LIBARGON2], [libargon2],,[LIBARGON2_LIBS="-largon2"])
 	enable_internal_argon2=no
-	use_internal_argon2=0
 else
 	AC_MSG_WARN([Argon2 bundled (slow) reference implementation will be used, please consider to use system library with --enable-libargon2.])
 
@@ -572,10 +445,11 @@ else
 	fi
 fi
 
+if test "x$enable_internal_argon2" = "xyes"; then
+	AC_DEFINE(USE_INTERNAL_ARGON2, 1, [Use internal Argon2])
+fi
 AM_CONDITIONAL(CRYPTO_INTERNAL_ARGON2, test "x$enable_internal_argon2" = "xyes")
 AM_CONDITIONAL(CRYPTO_INTERNAL_SSE_ARGON2, test "x$enable_internal_sse_argon2" = "xyes")
-dnl If libargon is in use, we have defined HAVE_ARGON2_H
-AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(USE_INTERNAL_ARGON2, [$use_internal_argon2], [Use internal Argon2])
 
 dnl Link with blkid to check for other device types
 AC_ARG_ENABLE([blkid],
@@ -610,27 +484,6 @@ AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_BLKID, test "x$enable_blkid" = "xyes")
 AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_BLKID_WIPE, test "x$enable_blkid_wipe" = "xyes")
 AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_BLKID_STEP_BACK, test "x$enable_blkid_step_back" = "xyes")
 
-AC_ARG_ENABLE([hw-opal],
-	AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-hw-opal], [disable use of hardware-backed OPAL for device encryption]),
-	[],
-	[enable_hw_opal=yes])
-
-if test "x$enable_hw_opal" = "xyes"; then
-	have_opal=yes
-	AC_CHECK_DECLS([ OPAL_FL_SUM_SUPPORTED,
-			 IOC_OPAL_GET_LR_STATUS,
-			 IOC_OPAL_GET_GEOMETRY
-		       ],
-		       [],
-		       [have_opal=no],
-		       [#include <linux/sed-opal.h>])
-	if test "x$have_opal" = "xyes"; then
-		AC_DEFINE([HAVE_HW_OPAL], 1, [Define to 1 to enable OPAL support.])
-	else
-		AC_MSG_WARN([Can not compile with OPAL support, kernel headers are too old, requires v6.4.])
-	fi
-fi
-
 dnl Magic for cryptsetup.static build.
 if test "x$enable_static_cryptsetup" = "xyes"; then
 	saved_PKG_CONFIG=$PKG_CONFIG
@@ -663,53 +516,8 @@ if test "x$enable_static_cryptsetup" = "xyes"; then
 	PKG_CONFIG=$saved_PKG_CONFIG
 fi
 
-dnl Check compiler support for symver function attribute
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([for symver attribute support])
-saved_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
-CFLAGS="-O0 -Werror"
-AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
-	void _test_sym(void);
-	__attribute__((__symver__("sym@VERSION_4.2"))) void _test_sym(void) {}
-]],
-[[ _test_sym() ]]
-)],[
-	AC_DEFINE([HAVE_ATTRIBUTE_SYMVER], 1, [Define to 1 to use __attribute__((symver))])
-	AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
-], [
-	AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
-])
-CFLAGS=$saved_CFLAGS
-
-dnl Force compiler to use zero_call_used_regs("used") to check for the function attribute support.
-dnl Otherwise the compiler may falsely advertise it with __has_attribute operator, even though
-dnl it does not implement it on some archs.
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([for zero_call_used_regs(user)])
-saved_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
-CFLAGS="-O0 -Werror"
-AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
-	void _test_function(void);
-	__attribute__((zero_call_used_regs("used"))) void _test_function(void) {
-		volatile int *i; volatile int j = 0; if (j) *i = 0;
-	}
-]],
-[[ _test_function() ]]
-)],[
-	AC_DEFINE([HAVE_ATTRIBUTE_ZEROCALLUSEDREGS], 1, [Define to 1 to use __attribute__((zero_call_used_regs("used")))])
-	AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
-], [
-	AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
-])
-CFLAGS=$saved_CFLAGS
-
 AC_MSG_CHECKING([for systemd tmpfiles config directory])
-if test "x$prefix" != "xNONE"; then
-	saved_PKG_CONFIG=$PKG_CONFIG
-	PKG_CONFIG="$PKG_CONFIG --define-variable=prefix='${prefix}'"
-	PKG_CHECK_VAR([systemd_tmpfilesdir], [systemd], [tmpfilesdir], [], [systemd_tmpfilesdir=no])
-	PKG_CONFIG=$saved_PKG_CONFIG
-else
-	PKG_CHECK_VAR([systemd_tmpfilesdir], [systemd], [tmpfilesdir], [], [systemd_tmpfilesdir=no])
-fi
+PKG_CHECK_VAR([systemd_tmpfilesdir], [systemd], [tmpfilesdir], [], [systemd_tmpfilesdir=no])
 AC_MSG_RESULT([$systemd_tmpfilesdir])
 
 AC_SUBST([DEVMAPPER_LIBS])
@@ -728,27 +536,9 @@ AC_SUBST([JSON_C_LIBS])
 AC_SUBST([LIBARGON2_LIBS])
 AC_SUBST([BLKID_LIBS])
 
-AC_SUBST([LIBSSH_LIBS])
-
 AC_SUBST([LIBCRYPTSETUP_VERSION])
 AC_SUBST([LIBCRYPTSETUP_VERSION_INFO])
 
-dnl Set Requires.private for libcryptsetup.pc
-dnl pwquality is used only by tools
-PKGMODULES="uuid devmapper json-c"
-case $with_crypto_backend in
-	gcrypt)  PKGMODULES="$PKGMODULES libgcrypt" ;;
-	openssl) PKGMODULES="$PKGMODULES openssl" ;;
-	nss)     PKGMODULES="$PKGMODULES nss" ;;
-	nettle)  PKGMODULES="$PKGMODULES nettle" ;;
-esac
-if test "x$enable_libargon2" = "xyes"; then
-	PKGMODULES="$PKGMODULES libargon2"
-fi
-if test "x$enable_blkid" = "xyes"; then
-	PKGMODULES="$PKGMODULES blkid"
-fi
-AC_SUBST([PKGMODULES])
 dnl ==========================================================================
 AC_ARG_ENABLE([dev-random],
 	AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-dev-random], [use /dev/random by default for key generation (otherwise use /dev/urandom)]))
@@ -784,9 +574,9 @@ AC_DEFUN([CS_ABSPATH], [
 ])
 
 dnl ==========================================================================
-CS_STR_WITH([plain-hash],   [password hashing function for plain mode], [sha256])
+CS_STR_WITH([plain-hash],   [password hashing function for plain mode], [ripemd160])
 CS_STR_WITH([plain-cipher], [cipher for plain mode], [aes])
-CS_STR_WITH([plain-mode],   [cipher mode for plain mode], [xts-plain64])
+CS_STR_WITH([plain-mode],   [cipher mode for plain mode], [cbc-essiv:sha256])
 CS_NUM_WITH([plain-keybits],[key length in bits for plain mode], [256])
 
 CS_STR_WITH([luks1-hash],   [hash function for LUKS1 header], [sha256])
@@ -801,7 +591,7 @@ if test "x$enable_luks_adjust_xts_keysize" = "xyes"; then
 	AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_LUKS_ADJUST_XTS_KEYSIZE, 1, [XTS mode - double default LUKS keysize if needed])
 fi
 
-CS_STR_WITH([luks2-pbkdf],           [Default PBKDF algorithm (pbkdf2 or argon2i/argon2id) for LUKS2], [argon2id])
+CS_STR_WITH([luks2-pbkdf],           [Default PBKDF algorithm (pbkdf2 or argon2i/argon2id) for LUKS2], [argon2i])
 CS_NUM_WITH([luks1-iter-time],       [PBKDF2 iteration time for LUKS1 (in ms)], [2000])
 CS_NUM_WITH([luks2-iter-time],       [Argon2 PBKDF iteration time for LUKS2 (in ms)], [2000])
 CS_NUM_WITH([luks2-memory-kb],       [Argon2 PBKDF memory cost for LUKS2 (in kB)], [1048576])
@@ -814,8 +604,7 @@ CS_STR_WITH([loopaes-cipher], [cipher for loop-AES mode], [aes])
 CS_NUM_WITH([loopaes-keybits],[key length in bits for loop-AES mode], [256])
 
 CS_NUM_WITH([keyfile-size-maxkb],[maximum keyfile size (in KiB)], [8192])
-CS_NUM_WITH([integrity-keyfile-size-maxkb],[maximum integritysetup keyfile size (in KiB)], [4])
-CS_NUM_WITH([passphrase-size-max],[maximum passphrase size (in characters)], [512])
+CS_NUM_WITH([passphrase-size-max],[maximum keyfile size (in characters)], [512])
 
 CS_STR_WITH([verity-hash],       [hash function for verity mode], [sha256])
 CS_NUM_WITH([verity-data-block], [data block size for verity mode], [4096])
@@ -823,9 +612,8 @@ CS_NUM_WITH([verity-hash-block], [hash block size for verity mode], [4096])
 CS_NUM_WITH([verity-salt-size],  [salt size for verity mode], [32])
 CS_NUM_WITH([verity-fec-roots],  [parity bytes for verity FEC], [2])
 
-AC_ARG_WITH([tmpfilesdir],
-	AS_HELP_STRING([--with-tmpfilesdir=DIR], [override default path to directory with systemd temporary files]),
-	[], [with_tmpfilesdir=$systemd_tmpfilesdir])
+CS_STR_WITH([tmpfilesdir], [override default path to directory with systemd temporary files], [])
+test -z "$with_tmpfilesdir" && with_tmpfilesdir=$systemd_tmpfilesdir
 test "x$with_tmpfilesdir" = "xno" || {
 	CS_ABSPATH([${with_tmpfilesdir}],[with-tmpfilesdir])
 	DEFAULT_TMPFILESDIR=$with_tmpfilesdir
@@ -844,28 +632,6 @@ test -z "$with_luks2_lock_dir_perms" && with_luks2_lock_dir_perms=0700
 DEFAULT_LUKS2_LOCK_DIR_PERMS=$with_luks2_lock_dir_perms
 AC_SUBST(DEFAULT_LUKS2_LOCK_DIR_PERMS)
 
-AC_ARG_WITH([luks2-external-tokens-path],
-	AS_HELP_STRING([--with-luks2-external-tokens-path=DIR], [path to directory with LUKSv2 external token handlers (plugins)]),
-	[], [with_luks2_external_tokens_path=""])
-if test -n "$with_luks2_external_tokens_path"; then
-	CS_ABSPATH([${with_luks2_external_tokens_path}],[with-luks2-external-tokens-path])
-	EXTERNAL_LUKS2_TOKENS_PATH=$with_luks2_external_tokens_path
-else
-	EXTERNAL_LUKS2_TOKENS_PATH="\${libdir}/cryptsetup"
-fi
-AC_SUBST(EXTERNAL_LUKS2_TOKENS_PATH)
-dnl We need to define expanded EXTERNAL_LUKS2_TOKENS_PATH, but some other code can depend on prefix=NONE.
-dnl Pretend you do not see this hack :-)
-saved_prefix=$prefix
-saved_exec_prefix=$exec_prefix
-test "x$prefix" = "xNONE" && prefix="$ac_default_prefix"
-test "x$exec_prefix" = "xNONE" && exec_prefix="$prefix"
-expanded_EXTERNAL_LUKS2_TOKENS_PATH=$(eval echo "$EXTERNAL_LUKS2_TOKENS_PATH")
-expanded_EXTERNAL_LUKS2_TOKENS_PATH=$(eval echo "$expanded_EXTERNAL_LUKS2_TOKENS_PATH")
-AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([EXTERNAL_LUKS2_TOKENS_PATH], ["$expanded_EXTERNAL_LUKS2_TOKENS_PATH"], [path to directory with LUKSv2 external token handlers (plugins)])
-prefix=$saved_prefix
-exec_prefix=$saved_exec_prefix
-
 dnl Override default LUKS format version (for cryptsetup or cryptsetup-reencrypt format actions only).
 AC_ARG_WITH([default_luks_format],
 	AS_HELP_STRING([--with-default-luks-format=FORMAT], [default LUKS format version (LUKS1/LUKS2) [LUKS2]]),
@@ -885,6 +651,5 @@ lib/libcryptsetup.pc
 po/Makefile.in
 scripts/cryptsetup.conf
 tests/Makefile
-tests/fuzz/Makefile
 ])
 AC_OUTPUT

docs/ChangeLog.old

@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 2012-03-16  Milan Broz  <gmazyland@gmail.com>
 	* Add --keyfile-offset and --new-keyfile-offset parameters to API and CLI.
 	* Add repair command and crypt_repair() for known LUKS metadata problems repair.
-	* Allow one to specify --align-payload only for luksFormat.
+	* Allow to specify --align-payload only for luksFormat.
 
 2012-03-16  Milan Broz  <mbroz@redhat.com>
 	* Unify password verification option.
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@
 	* Fix password callback call.
 	* Fix default plain password entry from terminal in activate_by_passphrase.
 	* Add --dump-master-key option for luksDump to allow volume key dump.
-	* Allow one to activate by internally cached volume key
+	* Allow to activate by internally cached volume key
 	  (format/activate without keyslots active - used for temporary devices).
 	* Initialize volume key from active device in crypt_init_by_name()
 	* Fix cryptsetup binary exitcodes.

docs/Keyring.txt

@@ -12,53 +12,30 @@ no longer stored directly in dm-crypt target. Starting with cryptsetup 2.0 we
 load VK in kernel keyring by default for LUKSv2 devices (when dm-crypt with the
 feature is available).
 
-Currently, cryptsetup loads VK in 'logon' type kernel key so that VK is passed in
-the kernel and can't be read from userspace afterwards. Also, cryptsetup loads VK in
-the thread keyring (before passing the reference to dm-crypt target) so that the key
+Currently cryptsetup loads VK in 'logon' type kernel key so that VK is passed in
+the kernel and can't be read from userspace afterward. Also cryptsetup loads VK in
+thread keyring (before passing the reference to dm-crypt target) so that the key
 lifetime is directly bound to the process that performs the dm-crypt setup. When
-cryptsetup process exits (for whatever reason) the key gets unlinked in the kernel
+cryptsetup process exits (for whatever reason) the key gets unlinked in kernel
 automatically. In summary, the key description visible in dm-crypt table line is
 a reference to VK that usually no longer exists in kernel keyring service if you
-used cryptsetup for device activation.
+used cryptsetup to for device activation.
 
 Using this feature dm-crypt no longer maintains a direct key copy (but there's
-always at least one copy in the kernel crypto layer).
-
-Additionally, libcryptsetup supports the linking of volume keys to
-user-specified kernel keyring with crypt_set_keyring_to_link(). The user may
-specify keyring name, key type ('user' or 'logon') and key description where
-libcryptsetup should link the verified volume key upon subsequent device
-activation (or key verification alone).
-
-The volume key(s) (provided the key type is 'user') linked in the user keyring
-can be later used to activate the device via crypt_activate_by_keyslot_context()
-with CRYPT_KC_TYPE_VK_KEYRING type keyslot context
-(acquired by crypt_keyslot_context_init_by_vk_in_keyring()).
-
-Example of how to use volume key linked in custom user keyring from cryptsetup
-utility:
-
-1) Open the device and store the volume key to the session keyring:
-# cryptsetup open <device> --link-vk-to-keyring "@s::%user:testkey" tst
-
-2) Add a keyslot using the stored volume key in a keyring:
-# cryptsetup luksAddKey <device> --volume-key-keyring "%user:testkey"
-
-3) Activate the device using the volume key cached in a keyring ('user' type key)
-# cryptsetup open <device> <active_name> --volume-key-keyring "testkey"
+always at least one copy in kernel crypto layer).
 
 II) Keyslot passphrase
 The second use case for kernel keyring is to allow cryptsetup reading the keyslot
-passphrase stored in kernel keyring instead. The user may load the passphrase in the kernel
+passphrase stored in kernel keyring instead. The user may load passphrase in kernel
 keyring and notify cryptsetup to read it from there later. Currently, cryptsetup
 cli supports kernel keyring for passphrase only via LUKS2 internal token
-(luks2-keyring). The library also provides a general method for device activation by
-reading the passphrase from the keyring: crypt_activate_by_keyring(). The key type
+(luks2-keyring). Library also provides a general method for device activation by
+reading passphrase from keyring: crypt_activate_by_keyring(). The key type
 for use case II) must always be 'user' since we need to read the actual key
-data from userspace unlike with VK in I). The ability to read keyslot passphrases
-from kernel keyring also allows easy auto-activate LUKS2 devices.
+data from userspace unlike with VK in I). Ability to read keyslot passphrase
+from kernel keyring also allows easily auto-activate LUKS2 devices.
 
-Simple example of how to use kernel keyring for keyslot passphrase:
+Simple example how to use kernel keyring for keyslot passphrase:
 
 1) create LUKS2 keyring token for keyslot 0 (in LUKS2 device/image)
 cryptsetup token add --key-description my:key -S 0 /dev/device
@@ -66,7 +43,7 @@ cryptsetup token add --key-description my:key -S 0 /dev/device
 2) Load keyslot passphrase in user keyring
 read -s -p "Keyslot passphrase: "; echo -n $REPLY | keyctl padd user my:key @u
 
-3) Activate the device using the passphrase stored in the kernel keyring
+3) Activate device using passphrase stored in kernel keyring
 cryptsetup open /dev/device my_unlocked_device
 
 4a) unlink the key when no longer needed by
@@ -75,5 +52,5 @@ keyctl unlink %user:my:key @u
 4b) or revoke it immediately by
 keyctl revoke %user:my:key
 
-If cryptsetup asks for a passphrase in step 3) something went wrong with keyring
+If cryptsetup asks for passphrase in step 3) something went wrong with keyring
 activation. See --debug output then.

docs/LUKS2-locking.txt

@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Why
 ~~~
 
 LUKS2 format keeps two identical copies of metadata stored consecutively
-at the head of the metadata device (file or bdev). The metadata
+at the head of metadata device (file or bdev). The metadata
 area (both copies) must be updated in a single atomic operation to avoid
 header corruption during concurrent write.
 
@@ -15,17 +15,17 @@ locking with legacy format was not so obvious as it is with the LUKSv2 format.
 
 With LUKS2 the boundary between read-only and read-write is blurry and what
 used to be the exclusively read-only operation (i.e., cryptsetup open command) may
-easily become read-update operation silently without the user's knowledge.
-A major feature of the LUKS2 format is resilience against accidental
+easily become read-update operation silently without user's knowledge.
+Major feature of LUKS2 format is resilience against accidental
 corruption of metadata (i.e., partial header overwrite by parted or cfdisk
-while creating a partition on a mistaken block device).
-Such header corruption is detected early on the header read and the auto-recovery
+while creating partition on mistaken block device).
+Such header corruption is detected early on header read and auto-recovery
 procedure takes place (the corrupted header with checksum mismatch is being
 replaced by the secondary one if that one is intact).
-On current Linux systems header load operation may be triggered without the user
-direct intervention for example by an udev rule or from a systemd service.
-Such a clash of header read and auto-recovery procedure could have severe
-consequences with the worst case of having a LUKS2 device inaccessible or being
+On current Linux systems header load operation may be triggered without user
+direct intervention for example by udev rule or from systemd service.
+Such clash of header read and auto-recovery procedure could have severe
+consequences with the worst case of having LUKS2 device unaccessible or being
 broken beyond repair.
 
 The whole locking of LUKSv2 device headers split into two categories depending
@@ -36,17 +36,17 @@ I) block device
 
 We perform flock() on file descriptors of files stored in a private
 directory (by default /run/lock/cryptsetup). The file name is derived
-from major:minor couple of the affected block device. Note we recommend
-that access to the private locking directory is supposed to be limited
-to the superuser only. For this method to work the distribution needs
+from major:minor couple of affected block device. Note we recommend
+that access to private locking directory is supposed to be limited
+to superuser only. For this method to work the distribution needs
 to install the locking directory with appropriate access rights.
 
 II) regular files
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 
-A first notable difference between headers stored in a file
+First notable difference between headers stored in a file
 vs. headers stored in a block device is that headers in a file may be
-manipulated by the regular user, unlike headers on block devices. Therefore
+manipulated by the regular user unlike headers on block devices. Therefore
 we perform flock() protection on file with the luks2 header directly.
 
 Limitations
@@ -58,40 +58,4 @@ while locking is enabled.
 We do not suppress any other negative effect that two or more concurrent
 writers of the same header may cause.
 
-b) The locking is not cluster-aware in any way.
-
-Additional LUKS2 locks
-======================
-
-LUKS2 reencryption device lock
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-Device in LUKS2 reencryption is protected by an exclusive lock placed in the default
-locking directory. The lock's purpose is to exclude multiple processes from
-performing reencryption on the same device (identified by LUKS uuid). The lock
-is taken no matter the LUKS2 reencryption mode (online or offline).
-
-LUKS2 memory hard global lock
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-An optional global lock that makes libcryptsetup serialize memory hard
-pbkdf function when deriving a key encryption key from passphrase on unlocking
-LUKS2 keyslot. The lock has to be enabled via the CRYPT_ACTIVATE_SERIALIZE_MEMORY_HARD_PBKDF
-flag. The lock is placed in the default locking directory.
-
-LUKS2 OPAL lock
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-Exclusive per device lock taken when manipulating LUKS2 device configured for use with
-SED OPAL2 locking range.
-
-Lock ordering
-=============
-
-To avoid a deadlock following rules must apply:
-
-- LUKS2 reencrytpion lock must be taken before LUKS2 OPAL lock.
-
-- LUKS2 OPAL lock must be taken before LUKS2 metadata lock.
-
-- LUKS2 memory hard global lock can not be used with other locks.
+b) The locking is not cluster aware in any way.

docs/doxyfile

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-# Doxyfile 1.9.8
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
 
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 # Project related configuration options
@@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ PROJECT_BRIEF          = "Public cryptsetup API"
 PROJECT_LOGO           =
 OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = doxygen_api_docs
 CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
-CREATE_SUBDIRS_LEVEL   = 8
 ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
 OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
 BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
@@ -23,49 +22,40 @@ STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
 STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
 SHORT_NAMES            = NO
 JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
-JAVADOC_BANNER         = NO
 QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
 MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
-PYTHON_DOCSTRING       = YES
 INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
 SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
 TAB_SIZE               = 8
 ALIASES                =
+TCL_SUBST              =
 OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
 OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
 OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
 OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_SLICE  = NO
 EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
 MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = YES
-TOC_INCLUDE_HEADINGS   = 5
-MARKDOWN_ID_STYLE      = DOXYGEN
 AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
 BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
 CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
 SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
 IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
 DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
-GROUP_NESTED_COMPOUNDS = NO
 SUBGROUPING            = YES
 INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
 INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
 TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = YES
 LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
-NUM_PROC_THREADS       = 1
-TIMESTAMP              = NO
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 # Build related configuration options
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 EXTRACT_ALL            = NO
 EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = NO
-EXTRACT_PRIV_VIRTUAL   = NO
 EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
 EXTRACT_STATIC         = NO
 EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
 EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
 EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
-RESOLVE_UNNAMED_PARAMS = YES
 HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
 HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
 HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
@@ -73,8 +63,6 @@ HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
 INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
 CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = YES
 HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
-HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
-SHOW_HEADERFILE        = YES
 SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
 SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
 FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
@@ -104,27 +92,22 @@ QUIET                  = NO
 WARNINGS               = YES
 WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
 WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
-WARN_IF_INCOMPLETE_DOC = YES
 WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = NO
-WARN_IF_UNDOC_ENUM_VAL = NO
-WARN_AS_ERROR          = NO
 WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
-WARN_LINE_FORMAT       = "at line $line of file $file"
 WARN_LOGFILE           =
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 # Configuration options related to the input files
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-INPUT                  = doxygen_index.h \
-                         ../lib/libcryptsetup.h
+INPUT                  = "doxygen_index.h" \
+                         "../lib/libcryptsetup.h"
 INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
-INPUT_FILE_ENCODING    =
 FILE_PATTERNS          =
 RECURSIVE              = NO
 EXCLUDE                =
 EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
 EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
 EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        =
-EXAMPLE_PATH           = examples
+EXAMPLE_PATH           = "examples"
 EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       =
 EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
 IMAGE_PATH             =
@@ -133,7 +116,6 @@ FILTER_PATTERNS        =
 FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
 FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
 USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
-FORTRAN_COMMENT_AFTER  = 72
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 # Configuration options related to source browsing
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -147,13 +129,12 @@ SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
 USE_HTAGS              = NO
 VERBATIM_HEADERS       = YES
 CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
-CLANG_ADD_INC_PATHS    = YES
 CLANG_OPTIONS          =
-CLANG_DATABASE_PATH    =
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 # Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
 IGNORE_PREFIX          =
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 # Configuration options related to the HTML output
@@ -166,17 +147,14 @@ HTML_FOOTER            =
 HTML_STYLESHEET        =
 HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
 HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
-HTML_COLORSTYLE        = AUTO_LIGHT
 HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
 HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
 HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
-HTML_DYNAMIC_MENUS     = YES
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = YES
 HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = NO
-HTML_CODE_FOLDING      = YES
 HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
 GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
 DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
-DOCSET_FEEDURL         =
 DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
 DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
 DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
@@ -187,7 +165,6 @@ GENERATE_CHI           = NO
 CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
 BINARY_TOC             = NO
 TOC_EXPAND             = NO
-SITEMAP_URL            =
 GENERATE_QHP           = NO
 QCH_FILE               =
 QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
@@ -200,16 +177,12 @@ GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
 ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
 DISABLE_INDEX          = NO
 GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = NO
-FULL_SIDEBAR           = NO
 ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 4
 TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
 EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
-OBFUSCATE_EMAILS       = YES
-HTML_FORMULA_FORMAT    = png
 FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
-FORMULA_MACROFILE      =
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
 USE_MATHJAX            = NO
-MATHJAX_VERSION        = MathJax_2
 MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
 MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://www.mathjax.org/mathjax
 MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
@@ -228,20 +201,18 @@ GENERATE_LATEX         = YES
 LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
 LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
 MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
-LATEX_MAKEINDEX_CMD    = makeindex
 COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
 PAPER_TYPE             = a4
 EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
 LATEX_HEADER           =
 LATEX_FOOTER           =
-LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
 LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
 PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
 USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
 LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
 LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
 LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
-LATEX_EMOJI_DIRECTORY  =
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 # Configuration options related to the RTF output
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -265,23 +236,17 @@ MAN_LINKS              = NO
 GENERATE_XML           = NO
 XML_OUTPUT             = xml
 XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
-XML_NS_MEMB_FILE_SCOPE = NO
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 # Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
 DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 # Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to Sqlite3 output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-GENERATE_SQLITE3       = NO
-SQLITE3_OUTPUT         = sqlite3
-SQLITE3_RECREATE_DB    = YES
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 # Configuration options related to the Perl module output
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
@@ -308,23 +273,24 @@ GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
 ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
 EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
 EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+PERL_PATH              =
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to diagram generator tools
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = YES
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+DIA_PATH               =
 HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
 HAVE_DOT               = NO
 DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
-DOT_COMMON_ATTR        = "fontname=Helvetica,fontsize=10"
-DOT_EDGE_ATTR          = "labelfontname=Helvetica,labelfontsize=10"
-DOT_NODE_ATTR          = "shape=box,height=0.2,width=0.4"
+DOT_FONTNAME           = Helvetica
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
 DOT_FONTPATH           =
 CLASS_GRAPH            = YES
 COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = YES
 GROUP_GRAPHS           = YES
 UML_LOOK               = NO
 UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
-DOT_UML_DETAILS        = NO
-DOT_WRAP_THRESHOLD     = 17
 TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
 INCLUDE_GRAPH          = YES
 INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = YES
@@ -332,20 +298,16 @@ CALL_GRAPH             = NO
 CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
 GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = YES
 DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = YES
-DIR_GRAPH_MAX_DEPTH    = 1
 DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
 INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
 DOT_PATH               =
 DOTFILE_DIRS           =
-DIA_PATH               =
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
 DIAFILE_DIRS           =
 PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
-PLANTUML_CFG_FILE      =
-PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
 DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 50
 MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 0
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = NO
 DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
 GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
 DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
-MSCGEN_TOOL            =
-MSCFILE_DIRS           =

docs/examples/crypt_log_usage.c

@@ -1,8 +1,21 @@
-// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-2.1-or-later
 /*
  * libcryptsetup API log example
  *
- * Copyright (C) 2011-2025 Red Hat, Inc. All rights reserved.
+ * Copyright (C) 2011-2021 Red Hat, Inc. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with this file; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
 #include <stdio.h>

docs/examples/crypt_luks_usage.c

@@ -1,8 +1,21 @@
-// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-2.1-or-later
 /*
  *  libcryptsetup API - using LUKS device example
  *
- * Copyright (C) 2011-2025 Red Hat, Inc. All rights reserved.
+ * Copyright (C) 2011-2021 Red Hat, Inc. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with this file; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
 #include <stdio.h>

docs/licenses/COPYING.Apache-2.0

@@ -1,202 +0,0 @@
-
-                                 Apache License
-                           Version 2.0, January 2004
-                        http://www.apache.org/licenses/
-
-   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION
-
-   1. Definitions.
-
-      "License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction,
-      and distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document.
-
-      "Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by
-      the copyright owner that is granting the License.
-
-      "Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all
-      other entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common
-      control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition,
-      "control" means (i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the
-      direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
-      otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the
-      outstanding shares, or (iii) beneficial ownership of such entity.
-
-      "You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity
-      exercising permissions granted by this License.
-
-      "Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications,
-      including but not limited to software source code, documentation
-      source, and configuration files.
-
-      "Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical
-      transformation or translation of a Source form, including but
-      not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation,
-      and conversions to other media types.
-
-      "Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or
-      Object form, made available under the License, as indicated by a
-      copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work
-      (an example is provided in the Appendix below).
-
-      "Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object
-      form, that is based on (or derived from) the Work and for which the
-      editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications
-      represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes
-      of this License, Derivative Works shall not include works that remain
-      separable from, or merely link (or bind by name) to the interfaces of,
-      the Work and Derivative Works thereof.
-
-      "Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including
-      the original version of the Work and any modifications or additions
-      to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally
-      submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner
-      or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of
-      the copyright owner. For the purposes of this definition, "submitted"
-      means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent
-      to the Licensor or its representatives, including but not limited to
-      communication on electronic mailing lists, source code control systems,
-      and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the
-      Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but
-      excluding communication that is conspicuously marked or otherwise
-      designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a Contribution."
-
-      "Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity
-      on behalf of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and
-      subsequently incorporated within the Work.
-
-   2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of
-      this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual,
-      worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
-      copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of,
-      publicly display, publicly perform, sublicense, and distribute the
-      Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form.
-
-   3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of
-      this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual,
-      worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
-      (except as stated in this section) patent license to make, have made,
-      use, offer to sell, sell, import, and otherwise transfer the Work,
-      where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable
-      by such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their
-      Contribution(s) alone or by combination of their Contribution(s)
-      with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You
-      institute patent litigation against any entity (including a
-      cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Work
-      or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct
-      or contributory patent infringement, then any patent licenses
-      granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate
-      as of the date such litigation is filed.
-
-   4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the
-      Work or Derivative Works thereof in any medium, with or without
-      modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You
-      meet the following conditions:
-
-      (a) You must give any other recipients of the Work or
-          Derivative Works a copy of this License; and
-
-      (b) You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices
-          stating that You changed the files; and
-
-      (c) You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works
-          that You distribute, all copyright, patent, trademark, and
-          attribution notices from the Source form of the Work,
-          excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of
-          the Derivative Works; and
-
-      (d) If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its
-          distribution, then any Derivative Works that You distribute must
-          include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained
-          within such NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not
-          pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in at least one
-          of the following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed
-          as part of the Derivative Works; within the Source form or
-          documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works; or,
-          within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and
-          wherever such third-party notices normally appear. The contents
-          of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and
-          do not modify the License. You may add Your own attribution
-          notices within Derivative Works that You distribute, alongside
-          or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided
-          that such additional attribution notices cannot be construed
-          as modifying the License.
-
-      You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and
-      may provide additional or different license terms and conditions
-      for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications, or
-      for any such Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use,
-      reproduction, and distribution of the Work otherwise complies with
-      the conditions stated in this License.
-
-   5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise,
-      any Contribution intentionally submitted for inclusion in the Work
-      by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of
-      this License, without any additional terms or conditions.
-      Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein shall supersede or modify
-      the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed
-      with Licensor regarding such Contributions.
-
-   6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade
-      names, trademarks, service marks, or product names of the Licensor,
-      except as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the
-      origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.
-
-   7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or
-      agreed to in writing, Licensor provides the Work (and each
-      Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS,
-      WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or
-      implied, including, without limitation, any warranties or conditions
-      of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or FITNESS FOR A
-      PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the
-      appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any
-      risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this License.
-
-   8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory,
-      whether in tort (including negligence), contract, or otherwise,
-      unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly
-      negligent acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be
-      liable to You for damages, including any direct, indirect, special,
-      incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a
-      result of this License or out of the use or inability to use the
-      Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of goodwill,
-      work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
-      other commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor
-      has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
-
-   9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing
-      the Work or Derivative Works thereof, You may choose to offer,
-      and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity,
-      or other liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this
-      License. However, in accepting such obligations, You may act only
-      on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf
-      of any other Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify,
-      defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any liability
-      incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason
-      of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability.
-
-   END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
-
-   APPENDIX: How to apply the Apache License to your work.
-
-      To apply the Apache License to your work, attach the following
-      boilerplate notice, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]"
-      replaced with your own identifying information. (Don't include
-      the brackets!)  The text should be enclosed in the appropriate
-      comment syntax for the file format. We also recommend that a
-      file or class name and description of purpose be included on the
-      same "printed page" as the copyright notice for easier
-      identification within third-party archives.
-
-   Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
-
-   Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
-   you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
-   You may obtain a copy of the License at
-
-       http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
-
-   Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
-   distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
-   WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
-   See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
-   limitations under the License.

docs/licenses/COPYING.CC-BY-SA-4.0

@@ -1,428 +0,0 @@
-Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 International
-
-=======================================================================
-
-Creative Commons Corporation ("Creative Commons") is not a law firm and
-does not provide legal services or legal advice. Distribution of
-Creative Commons public licenses does not create a lawyer-client or
-other relationship. Creative Commons makes its licenses and related
-information available on an "as-is" basis. Creative Commons gives no
-warranties regarding its licenses, any material licensed under their
-terms and conditions, or any related information. Creative Commons
-disclaims all liability for damages resulting from their use to the
-fullest extent possible.
-
-Using Creative Commons Public Licenses
-
-Creative Commons public licenses provide a standard set of terms and
-conditions that creators and other rights holders may use to share
-original works of authorship and other material subject to copyright
-and certain other rights specified in the public license below. The
-following considerations are for informational purposes only, are not
-exhaustive, and do not form part of our licenses.
-
-     Considerations for licensors: Our public licenses are
-     intended for use by those authorized to give the public
-     permission to use material in ways otherwise restricted by
-     copyright and certain other rights. Our licenses are
-     irrevocable. Licensors should read and understand the terms
-     and conditions of the license they choose before applying it.
-     Licensors should also secure all rights necessary before
-     applying our licenses so that the public can reuse the
-     material as expected. Licensors should clearly mark any
-     material not subject to the license. This includes other CC-
-     licensed material, or material used under an exception or
-     limitation to copyright. More considerations for licensors:
-    wiki.creativecommons.org/Considerations_for_licensors
-
-     Considerations for the public: By using one of our public
-     licenses, a licensor grants the public permission to use the
-     licensed material under specified terms and conditions. If
-     the licensor's permission is not necessary for any reason--for
-     example, because of any applicable exception or limitation to
-     copyright--then that use is not regulated by the license. Our
-     licenses grant only permissions under copyright and certain
-     other rights that a licensor has authority to grant. Use of
-     the licensed material may still be restricted for other
-     reasons, including because others have copyright or other
-     rights in the material. A licensor may make special requests,
-     such as asking that all changes be marked or described.
-     Although not required by our licenses, you are encouraged to
-     respect those requests where reasonable. More considerations
-     for the public:
-    wiki.creativecommons.org/Considerations_for_licensees
-
-=======================================================================
-
-Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 International Public
-License
-
-By exercising the Licensed Rights (defined below), You accept and agree
-to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Creative Commons
-Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 International Public License ("Public
-License"). To the extent this Public License may be interpreted as a
-contract, You are granted the Licensed Rights in consideration of Your
-acceptance of these terms and conditions, and the Licensor grants You
-such rights in consideration of benefits the Licensor receives from
-making the Licensed Material available under these terms and
-conditions.
-
-
-Section 1 -- Definitions.
-
-  a. Adapted Material means material subject to Copyright and Similar
-     Rights that is derived from or based upon the Licensed Material
-     and in which the Licensed Material is translated, altered,
-     arranged, transformed, or otherwise modified in a manner requiring
-     permission under the Copyright and Similar Rights held by the
-     Licensor. For purposes of this Public License, where the Licensed
-     Material is a musical work, performance, or sound recording,
-     Adapted Material is always produced where the Licensed Material is
-     synched in timed relation with a moving image.
-
-  b. Adapter's License means the license You apply to Your Copyright
-     and Similar Rights in Your contributions to Adapted Material in
-     accordance with the terms and conditions of this Public License.
-
-  c. BY-SA Compatible License means a license listed at
-     creativecommons.org/compatiblelicenses, approved by Creative
-     Commons as essentially the equivalent of this Public License.
-
-  d. Copyright and Similar Rights means copyright and/or similar rights
-     closely related to copyright including, without limitation,
-     performance, broadcast, sound recording, and Sui Generis Database
-     Rights, without regard to how the rights are labeled or
-     categorized. For purposes of this Public License, the rights
-     specified in Section 2(b)(1)-(2) are not Copyright and Similar
-     Rights.
-
-  e. Effective Technological Measures means those measures that, in the
-     absence of proper authority, may not be circumvented under laws
-     fulfilling obligations under Article 11 of the WIPO Copyright
-     Treaty adopted on December 20, 1996, and/or similar international
-     agreements.
-
-  f. Exceptions and Limitations means fair use, fair dealing, and/or
-     any other exception or limitation to Copyright and Similar Rights
-     that applies to Your use of the Licensed Material.
-
-  g. License Elements means the license attributes listed in the name
-     of a Creative Commons Public License. The License Elements of this
-     Public License are Attribution and ShareAlike.
-
-  h. Licensed Material means the artistic or literary work, database,
-     or other material to which the Licensor applied this Public
-     License.
-
-  i. Licensed Rights means the rights granted to You subject to the
-     terms and conditions of this Public License, which are limited to
-     all Copyright and Similar Rights that apply to Your use of the
-     Licensed Material and that the Licensor has authority to license.
-
-  j. Licensor means the individual(s) or entity(ies) granting rights
-     under this Public License.
-
-  k. Share means to provide material to the public by any means or
-     process that requires permission under the Licensed Rights, such
-     as reproduction, public display, public performance, distribution,
-     dissemination, communication, or importation, and to make material
-     available to the public including in ways that members of the
-     public may access the material from a place and at a time
-     individually chosen by them.
-
-  l. Sui Generis Database Rights means rights other than copyright
-     resulting from Directive 96/9/EC of the European Parliament and of
-     the Council of 11 March 1996 on the legal protection of databases,
-     as amended and/or succeeded, as well as other essentially
-     equivalent rights anywhere in the world.
-
-  m. You means the individual or entity exercising the Licensed Rights
-     under this Public License. Your has a corresponding meaning.
-
-
-Section 2 -- Scope.
-
-  a. License grant.
-
-       1. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Public License,
-          the Licensor hereby grants You a worldwide, royalty-free,
-          non-sublicensable, non-exclusive, irrevocable license to
-          exercise the Licensed Rights in the Licensed Material to:
-
-            a. reproduce and Share the Licensed Material, in whole or
-               in part; and
-
-            b. produce, reproduce, and Share Adapted Material.
-
-       2. Exceptions and Limitations. For the avoidance of doubt, where
-          Exceptions and Limitations apply to Your use, this Public
-          License does not apply, and You do not need to comply with
-          its terms and conditions.
-
-       3. Term. The term of this Public License is specified in Section
-          6(a).
-
-       4. Media and formats; technical modifications allowed. The
-          Licensor authorizes You to exercise the Licensed Rights in
-          all media and formats whether now known or hereafter created,
-          and to make technical modifications necessary to do so. The
-          Licensor waives and/or agrees not to assert any right or
-          authority to forbid You from making technical modifications
-          necessary to exercise the Licensed Rights, including
-          technical modifications necessary to circumvent Effective
-          Technological Measures. For purposes of this Public License,
-          simply making modifications authorized by this Section 2(a)
-          (4) never produces Adapted Material.
-
-       5. Downstream recipients.
-
-            a. Offer from the Licensor -- Licensed Material. Every
-               recipient of the Licensed Material automatically
-               receives an offer from the Licensor to exercise the
-               Licensed Rights under the terms and conditions of this
-               Public License.
-
-            b. Additional offer from the Licensor -- Adapted Material.
-               Every recipient of Adapted Material from You
-               automatically receives an offer from the Licensor to
-               exercise the Licensed Rights in the Adapted Material
-               under the conditions of the Adapter's License You apply.
-
-            c. No downstream restrictions. You may not offer or impose
-               any additional or different terms or conditions on, or
-               apply any Effective Technological Measures to, the
-               Licensed Material if doing so restricts exercise of the
-               Licensed Rights by any recipient of the Licensed
-               Material.
-
-       6. No endorsement. Nothing in this Public License constitutes or
-          may be construed as permission to assert or imply that You
-          are, or that Your use of the Licensed Material is, connected
-          with, or sponsored, endorsed, or granted official status by,
-          the Licensor or others designated to receive attribution as
-          provided in Section 3(a)(1)(A)(i).
-
-  b. Other rights.
-
-       1. Moral rights, such as the right of integrity, are not
-          licensed under this Public License, nor are publicity,
-          privacy, and/or other similar personality rights; however, to
-          the extent possible, the Licensor waives and/or agrees not to
-          assert any such rights held by the Licensor to the limited
-          extent necessary to allow You to exercise the Licensed
-          Rights, but not otherwise.
-
-       2. Patent and trademark rights are not licensed under this
-          Public License.
-
-       3. To the extent possible, the Licensor waives any right to
-          collect royalties from You for the exercise of the Licensed
-          Rights, whether directly or through a collecting society
-          under any voluntary or waivable statutory or compulsory
-          licensing scheme. In all other cases the Licensor expressly
-          reserves any right to collect such royalties.
-
-
-Section 3 -- License Conditions.
-
-Your exercise of the Licensed Rights is expressly made subject to the
-following conditions.
-
-  a. Attribution.
-
-       1. If You Share the Licensed Material (including in modified
-          form), You must:
-
-            a. retain the following if it is supplied by the Licensor
-               with the Licensed Material:
-
-                 i. identification of the creator(s) of the Licensed
-                    Material and any others designated to receive
-                    attribution, in any reasonable manner requested by
-                    the Licensor (including by pseudonym if
-                    designated);
-
-                ii. a copyright notice;
-
-               iii. a notice that refers to this Public License;
-
-                iv. a notice that refers to the disclaimer of
-                    warranties;
-
-                 v. a URI or hyperlink to the Licensed Material to the
-                    extent reasonably practicable;
-
-            b. indicate if You modified the Licensed Material and
-               retain an indication of any previous modifications; and
-
-            c. indicate the Licensed Material is licensed under this
-               Public License, and include the text of, or the URI or
-               hyperlink to, this Public License.
-
-       2. You may satisfy the conditions in Section 3(a)(1) in any
-          reasonable manner based on the medium, means, and context in
-          which You Share the Licensed Material. For example, it may be
-          reasonable to satisfy the conditions by providing a URI or
-          hyperlink to a resource that includes the required
-          information.
-
-       3. If requested by the Licensor, You must remove any of the
-          information required by Section 3(a)(1)(A) to the extent
-          reasonably practicable.
-
-  b. ShareAlike.
-
-     In addition to the conditions in Section 3(a), if You Share
-     Adapted Material You produce, the following conditions also apply.
-
-       1. The Adapter's License You apply must be a Creative Commons
-          license with the same License Elements, this version or
-          later, or a BY-SA Compatible License.
-
-       2. You must include the text of, or the URI or hyperlink to, the
-          Adapter's License You apply. You may satisfy this condition
-          in any reasonable manner based on the medium, means, and
-          context in which You Share Adapted Material.
-
-       3. You may not offer or impose any additional or different terms
-          or conditions on, or apply any Effective Technological
-          Measures to, Adapted Material that restrict exercise of the
-          rights granted under the Adapter's License You apply.
-
-
-Section 4 -- Sui Generis Database Rights.
-
-Where the Licensed Rights include Sui Generis Database Rights that
-apply to Your use of the Licensed Material:
-
-  a. for the avoidance of doubt, Section 2(a)(1) grants You the right
-     to extract, reuse, reproduce, and Share all or a substantial
-     portion of the contents of the database;
-
-  b. if You include all or a substantial portion of the database
-     contents in a database in which You have Sui Generis Database
-     Rights, then the database in which You have Sui Generis Database
-     Rights (but not its individual contents) is Adapted Material,
-     including for purposes of Section 3(b); and
-
-  c. You must comply with the conditions in Section 3(a) if You Share
-     all or a substantial portion of the contents of the database.
-
-For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 4 supplements and does not
-replace Your obligations under this Public License where the Licensed
-Rights include other Copyright and Similar Rights.
-
-
-Section 5 -- Disclaimer of Warranties and Limitation of Liability.
-
-  a. UNLESS OTHERWISE SEPARATELY UNDERTAKEN BY THE LICENSOR, TO THE
-     EXTENT POSSIBLE, THE LICENSOR OFFERS THE LICENSED MATERIAL AS-IS
-     AND AS-AVAILABLE, AND MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF
-     ANY KIND CONCERNING THE LICENSED MATERIAL, WHETHER EXPRESS,
-     IMPLIED, STATUTORY, OR OTHER. THIS INCLUDES, WITHOUT LIMITATION,
-     WARRANTIES OF TITLE, MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-     PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, ABSENCE OF LATENT OR OTHER DEFECTS,
-     ACCURACY, OR THE PRESENCE OR ABSENCE OF ERRORS, WHETHER OR NOT
-     KNOWN OR DISCOVERABLE. WHERE DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES ARE NOT
-     ALLOWED IN FULL OR IN PART, THIS DISCLAIMER MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.
-
-  b. TO THE EXTENT POSSIBLE, IN NO EVENT WILL THE LICENSOR BE LIABLE
-     TO YOU ON ANY LEGAL THEORY (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION,
-     NEGLIGENCE) OR OTHERWISE FOR ANY DIRECT, SPECIAL, INDIRECT,
-     INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE, EXEMPLARY, OR OTHER LOSSES,
-     COSTS, EXPENSES, OR DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THIS PUBLIC LICENSE OR
-     USE OF THE LICENSED MATERIAL, EVEN IF THE LICENSOR HAS BEEN
-     ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH LOSSES, COSTS, EXPENSES, OR
-     DAMAGES. WHERE A LIMITATION OF LIABILITY IS NOT ALLOWED IN FULL OR
-     IN PART, THIS LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.
-
-  c. The disclaimer of warranties and limitation of liability provided
-     above shall be interpreted in a manner that, to the extent
-     possible, most closely approximates an absolute disclaimer and
-     waiver of all liability.
-
-
-Section 6 -- Term and Termination.
-
-  a. This Public License applies for the term of the Copyright and
-     Similar Rights licensed here. However, if You fail to comply with
-     this Public License, then Your rights under this Public License
-     terminate automatically.
-
-  b. Where Your right to use the Licensed Material has terminated under
-     Section 6(a), it reinstates:
-
-       1. automatically as of the date the violation is cured, provided
-          it is cured within 30 days of Your discovery of the
-          violation; or
-
-       2. upon express reinstatement by the Licensor.
-
-     For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 6(b) does not affect any
-     right the Licensor may have to seek remedies for Your violations
-     of this Public License.
-
-  c. For the avoidance of doubt, the Licensor may also offer the
-     Licensed Material under separate terms or conditions or stop
-     distributing the Licensed Material at any time; however, doing so
-     will not terminate this Public License.
-
-  d. Sections 1, 5, 6, 7, and 8 survive termination of this Public
-     License.
-
-
-Section 7 -- Other Terms and Conditions.
-
-  a. The Licensor shall not be bound by any additional or different
-     terms or conditions communicated by You unless expressly agreed.
-
-  b. Any arrangements, understandings, or agreements regarding the
-     Licensed Material not stated herein are separate from and
-     independent of the terms and conditions of this Public License.
-
-
-Section 8 -- Interpretation.
-
-  a. For the avoidance of doubt, this Public License does not, and
-     shall not be interpreted to, reduce, limit, restrict, or impose
-     conditions on any use of the Licensed Material that could lawfully
-     be made without permission under this Public License.
-
-  b. To the extent possible, if any provision of this Public License is
-     deemed unenforceable, it shall be automatically reformed to the
-     minimum extent necessary to make it enforceable. If the provision
-     cannot be reformed, it shall be severed from this Public License
-     without affecting the enforceability of the remaining terms and
-     conditions.
-
-  c. No term or condition of this Public License will be waived and no
-     failure to comply consented to unless expressly agreed to by the
-     Licensor.
-
-  d. Nothing in this Public License constitutes or may be interpreted
-     as a limitation upon, or waiver of, any privileges and immunities
-     that apply to the Licensor or You, including from the legal
-     processes of any jurisdiction or authority.
-
-
-=======================================================================
-
-Creative Commons is not a party to its public
-licenses. Notwithstanding, Creative Commons may elect to apply one of
-its public licenses to material it publishes and in those instances
-will be considered the “Licensor.” The text of the Creative Commons
-public licenses is dedicated to the public domain under the CC0 Public
-Domain Dedication. Except for the limited purpose of indicating that
-material is shared under a Creative Commons public license or as
-otherwise permitted by the Creative Commons policies published at
-creativecommons.org/policies, Creative Commons does not authorize the
-use of the trademark "Creative Commons" or any other trademark or logo
-of Creative Commons without its prior written consent including,
-without limitation, in connection with any unauthorized modifications
-to any of its public licenses or any other arrangements,
-understandings, or agreements concerning use of licensed material. For
-the avoidance of doubt, this paragraph does not form part of the
-public licenses.
-
-Creative Commons may be contacted at creativecommons.org.
-

docs/licenses/COPYING.GPL-2.0-or-later-WITH-cryptsetup-OpenSSL-exception

@@ -1,354 +0,0 @@
-                    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
-                       Version 2, June 1991
-
- Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
- of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
-
-                            Preamble
-
-  The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
-freedom to share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public
-License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
-software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.  This
-General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
-Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
-using it.  (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
-the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.)  You can apply it to
-your programs, too.
-
-  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
-price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
-have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
-this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
-if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
-in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
-
-  To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
-anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
-These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
-distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
-
-  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
-gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
-you have.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
-source code.  And you must show them these terms so they know their
-rights.
-
-  We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
-(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
-distribute and/or modify the software.
-
-  Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
-that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
-software.  If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
-want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
-that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
-authors' reputations.
-
-  Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
-patents.  We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
-program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
-program proprietary.  To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
-patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
-
-  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
-modification follow.
-
-                    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
-   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
-
-  0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
-a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
-under the terms of this General Public License.  The "Program", below,
-refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
-means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
-that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
-either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
-language.  (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
-the term "modification".)  Each licensee is addressed as "you".
-
-Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
-covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of
-running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
-is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
-Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
-Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
-
-  1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
-source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
-conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
-copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
-notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
-and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
-along with the Program.
-
-You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
-you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
-
-  2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
-of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
-distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
-above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
-
-    a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
-    stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
-
-    b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
-    whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
-    part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
-    parties under the terms of this License.
-
-    c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
-    when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
-    interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
-    announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
-    notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
-    a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
-    these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
-    License.  (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
-    does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
-    the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
-
-These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
-identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
-and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
-themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
-sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you
-distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
-on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
-this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
-entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
-
-Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
-your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
-exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
-collective works based on the Program.
-
-In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
-with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
-a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
-the scope of this License.
-
-  3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
-under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
-Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
-
-    a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
-    source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
-    1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
-
-    b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
-    years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
-    cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
-    machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
-    distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
-    customarily used for software interchange; or,
-
-    c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
-    to distribute corresponding source code.  (This alternative is
-    allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
-    received the program in object code or executable form with such
-    an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
-
-The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
-making modifications to it.  For an executable work, complete source
-code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
-associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
-control compilation and installation of the executable.  However, as a
-special exception, the source code distributed need not include
-anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
-form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
-operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
-itself accompanies the executable.
-
-If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
-access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
-access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
-distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
-compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
-
-  4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
-except as expressly provided under this License.  Any attempt
-otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
-void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
-However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
-this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
-parties remain in full compliance.
-
-  5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
-signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
-distribute the Program or its derivative works.  These actions are
-prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by
-modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
-Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
-all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
-the Program or works based on it.
-
-  6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
-Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
-original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
-these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further
-restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
-You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
-this License.
-
-  7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
-infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
-conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
-otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
-excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot
-distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
-License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
-may not distribute the Program at all.  For example, if a patent
-license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
-all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
-the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
-refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
-
-If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
-any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
-apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
-circumstances.
-
-It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
-patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
-such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
-integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
-implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made
-generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
-through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
-system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
-to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
-impose that choice.
-
-This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
-be a consequence of the rest of this License.
-
-  8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
-certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
-original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
-may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
-those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
-countries not thus excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates
-the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
-
-  9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
-of the General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
-be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
-address new problems or concerns.
-
-Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Program
-specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
-later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
-either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
-Software Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of
-this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
-Foundation.
-
-  10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
-programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
-to ask for permission.  For software which is copyrighted by the Free
-Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
-make exceptions for this.  Our decision will be guided by the two goals
-of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
-of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
-
-                            NO WARRANTY
-
-  11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
-FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN
-OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
-PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
-OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
-MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS
-TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE
-PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
-REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
-
-  12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
-WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
-REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
-INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
-OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
-TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
-YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
-PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
-POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
-
-                     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
-
-            How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
-
-  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
-possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
-free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
-
-  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
-to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
-convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
-the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
-
-    <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
-    Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
-
-    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-    (at your option) any later version.
-
-    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-    GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-    with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
-    51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
-
-Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
-
-If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
-when it starts in an interactive mode:
-
-    Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
-    Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
-    This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
-    under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
-
-The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
-parts of the General Public License.  Of course, the commands you use may
-be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
-mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
-
-You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
-school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
-necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:
-
-  Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
-  `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
-
-  <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
-  Ty Coon, President of Vice
-
-This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
-proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you may
-consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
-library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
-Public License instead of this License.
-
------
-In addition, as a special exception, the copyright holders give
-permission to link the code of portions of this program with the
-OpenSSL library under certain conditions as described in each
-individual source file, and distribute linked combinations
-including the two.
-
-You must obey the GNU General Public License in all respects
-for all of the code used other than OpenSSL.  If you modify
-file(s) with this exception, you may extend this exception to your
-version of the file(s), but you are not obligated to do so.  If you
-do not wish to do so, delete this exception statement from your
-version.  If you delete this exception statement from all source
-files in the program, then also delete it here.

docs/v1.2.0-ReleaseNotes

@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ Libcryptsetup API additions:
 
  * Fix optional password callback handling.
 
- * Allow one to activate by internally cached volume key immediately after
+ * Allow to activate by internally cached volume key immediately after
  crypt_format() without active slot (for temporary devices with
  on-disk metadata)
 

docs/v1.4.2-ReleaseNotes

@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ Changes since version 1.4.1
 * Fix header check to support old (cryptsetup 1.0.0) header alignment.
   (Regression in 1.4.0)
 
-* Allow one to specify --align-payload only for luksFormat.
+* Allow to specify --align-payload only for luksFormat.
 
 * Add --master-key-file option to luksOpen (open using volume key).
 

docs/v1.4.3-ReleaseNotes

@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Changes since version 1.4.2
   Device-mapper now retry removal if device is busy.
 
 * Allow "private" activation (skip some udev global rules) flag.
-  Cryptsetup library API now allows one to specify CRYPT_ACTIVATE_PRIVATE,
+  Cryptsetup library API now allows to specify CRYPT_ACTIVATE_PRIVATE,
   which means that some udev rules are not processed.
   (Used for temporary devices, like internal keyslot mappings where
   it is not desirable to run any device scans.)

docs/v1.6.0-ReleaseNotes

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Cryptsetup 1.6.0 Release Notes
 Changes since version 1.6.0-rc1
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 
- * Change LUKS default cipher to use XTS encryption mode,
+ * Change LUKS default cipher to to use XTS encryption mode,
    aes-xts-plain64 (i.e. using AES128-XTS).
 
    XTS mode becomes standard in hard disk encryption.
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ Important changes
 
      WARNING: these tests do not use dmcrypt, only crypto API.
      You have to benchmark the whole device stack and you can get completely
-     different results. But it is usable for basic comparison.
+     different results. But is is usable for basic comparison.
      (Note for example AES-NI decryption optimization effect in example above.)
 
 Features

docs/v1.6.2-ReleaseNotes

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ Changes since version 1.6.1
 * Fix cipher specification string parsing (found by gcc -fsanitize=address option).
 
 * Try to map TCRYPT system encryption through partition
-  (allows one to activate mapping when other partition on the same device is mounted).
+  (allows to activate mapping when other partition on the same device is mounted).
 
 * Print a warning if system encryption is used and device is a partition.
   (TCRYPT system encryption uses whole device argument.)

docs/v1.6.4-ReleaseNotes

@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Changes since version 1.6.3
 
   Please refer to cryptsetup FAQ for detail how to fix this situation.
 
-* Allow one to use --disable-gcrypt-pbkdf2 during configuration
+* Allow to use --disable-gcrypt-pbkdf2 during configuration
   to force use internal PBKDF2 code.
 
 * Require gcrypt 1.6.1 for imported implementation of PBKDF2

docs/v1.6.5-ReleaseNotes

@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ Changes since version 1.6.4
   The command "cryptsetup status" will print basic info, even if you
   do not provide detached header argument.
 
-* Allow one to specify ECB mode in cryptsetup benchmark.
+* Allow to specify ECB mode in cryptsetup benchmark.
 
 * Add some LUKS images for regression testing.
   Note that if image with Whirlpool fails, the most probable cause is that

docs/v1.6.7-ReleaseNotes

@@ -35,14 +35,14 @@ Changes since version 1.6.6
 * Support permanent device decryption for cryptsetup-reencrypt.
   To remove LUKS encryption from a device, you can now use --decrypt option.
 
-* Allow one to use --header option in all LUKS commands.
+* Allow to use --header option in all LUKS commands.
   The --header always takes precedence over positional device argument.
 
 * Allow luksSuspend without need to specify a detached header.
 
 * Detect if O_DIRECT is usable on a device allocation.
   There are some strange storage stack configurations which wrongly allows
-  one to open devices with direct-io but fails on all IO operations later.
+  to open devices with direct-io but fails on all IO operations later.
 
   Cryptsetup now tries to read the device first sector to ensure it can use
   direct-io.

docs/v1.6.8-ReleaseNotes

@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ Changes since version 1.6.7
   cryptsetup resize will try to resize underlying loop device as well.
   (It can be used to grow up file-backed device in one step.)
 
-* Cryptsetup now allows one to use empty password through stdin pipe.
+* Cryptsetup now allows to use empty password through stdin pipe.
   (Intended only for testing in scripts.)
 
 Cryptsetup API NOTE:

docs/v1.7.4-ReleaseNotes

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Cryptsetup 1.7.4 Release Notes
 
 Changes since version 1.7.3
 
-* Allow one to specify LUKS1 hash algorithm in Python luksFormat wrapper.
+* Allow to specify LUKS1 hash algorithm in Python luksFormat wrapper.
 
 * Use LUKS1 compiled-in defaults also in Python wrapper.
 

docs/v2.0.0-ReleaseNotes

@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ Important features
 
   Integritysetup is intended to be used for settings that require
   non-cryptographic data integrity protection with no data encryption.
-  For setting integrity protected encrypted devices, see disk authenticated
+  Fo setting integrity protected encrypted devices, see disk authenticated
   encryption below.
 
   Note that after formatting the checksums need to be initialized;
@@ -583,7 +583,7 @@ Unfinished things & TODO for next releases
   in kernel (more on this later).
   NOTE: Currently available authenticated modes (GCM, Chacha20-poly1305)
   in kernel have too small 96-bit nonces that are problematic with
-  randomly generated IVs (the collision probability is not negligible).
+  randomly generated IVs (the collison probability is not negligible).
   For the GCM, nonce collision is a fatal problem.
 
 * Authenticated encryption do not set encryption for dm-integrity journal.

docs/v2.0.2-ReleaseNotes

@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ Changes since version 2.0.1
 
 * Add LUKS2 specific options for cryptsetup-reencrypt.
   Tokens and persistent flags are now transferred during reencryption;
-  change of PBKDF keyslot parameters is now supported and allows one
+  change of PBKDF keyslot parameters is now supported and allows
   to set precalculated values (no benchmarks).
 
 * Do not allow LUKS2 --persistent and --test-passphrase cryptsetup flags

docs/v2.0.3-ReleaseNotes

@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Changes since version 2.0.2
 
 * New API extensions for unbound keyslots (LUKS2 only)
   crypt_keyslot_get_key_size() and crypt_volume_key_get()
-  These functions allow one to get key and key size for unbound keyslots.
+  These functions allow to get key and key size for unbound keyslots.
 
 * New enum value CRYPT_SLOT_UNBOUND for keyslot status (LUKS2 only).
 

docs/v2.1.0-ReleaseNotes

@@ -170,21 +170,21 @@ These new calls are now exported, for details see libcryptsetup.h:
 
  * crypt_get_metadata_size
  * crypt_set_metadata_size
-     allows one to set/get area sizes in LUKS header
+     allows to set/get area sizes in LUKS header
      (according to specification).
 
  * crypt_get_default_type
      get default compiled-in LUKS type (version).
 
  * crypt_get_pbkdf_type_params
-     allows one to get compiled-in PBKDF parameters.
+     allows to get compiled-in PBKDF parameters.
 
  * crypt_keyslot_set_encryption
  * crypt_keyslot_get_encryption
-     allows one to set/get per-keyslot encryption algorithm for LUKS2.
+     allows to set/get per-keyslot encryption algorithm for LUKS2.
 
  * crypt_keyslot_get_pbkdf
-     allows one to get PBKDF parameters per-keyslot.
+     allows to get PBKDF parameters per-keyslot.
 
  and these new defines:
  * CRYPT_LOG_DEBUG_JSON (message type for JSON debug)

docs/v2.3.0-ReleaseNotes

@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ native read-write access to BitLocker Full Disk Encryption devices.
 
 The BITLK implementation is based on publicly available information
 and it is an independent and opensource implementation that allows
-one to access this proprietary disk encryption.
+to access this proprietary disk encryption.
 
 Changes since version 2.2.2
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

docs/v2.3.2-ReleaseNotes

@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Changes since version 2.3.1
   The slot number --key-slot (-S) option is mandatory here.
 
   An unbound keyslot store a key is that is not assigned to data
-  area on disk (LUKS2 allows one to store arbitrary keys).
+  area on disk (LUKS2 allows to store arbitrary keys).
 
 * Rephrase some error messages and remove redundant end-of-lines.
 

docs/v2.3.4-ReleaseNotes

@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ Changes since version 2.3.3
 
   If users want to use blake2b/blake2s, the kernel algorithm name includes
   a dash (like "blake2s-256").
-  These algorithms can now be used for integritysetup devices.
+  Theses algorithms can now be used for integritysetup devices.
 
 * Fix crypto backend to properly handle ECB mode.
 

docs/v2.3.6-ReleaseNotes

@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-Cryptsetup 2.3.6 Release Notes
-==============================
-Stable bug-fix release with minor extensions.
-
-All users of cryptsetup 2.x and later should upgrade to this version.
-
-Changes since version 2.3.5
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-* integritysetup: Fix possible dm-integrity mapping table truncation.
-
-  While integritysetup in standalone mode (no encryption) was not
-  designed to provide keyed (and cryptographically strong) data
-  integrity protection, some options can use such algorithms (HMAC).
-
-  If a key is used, it is directly sent to the kernel dm-integrity as
-  a mapping table option (no key derivation is performed).
-  For HMAC, such a key could be quite long (up to 4096 bytes in
-  integritysetup CLI).
-
-  Unfortunately, due to fixed buffers and not correctly checking string
-  truncation, some parameter combinations could cause truncation
-  of the dm-integrity mapping table.
-  In most cases, the table was rejected by the kernel.
-  The worst possible case was key truncation for HMAC options
-  (internal_hash and journal_mac dm-integrity table options).
-
-  This release fixes possible truncation and also adds more sanity
-  checks to reject truncated options.
-  Also, integritysetup now mentions maximal allowed key size
-  in --help output.
-
-  For old standalone dm-integrity devices where the key length was
-  truncated, you have to modify (shorten) --integrity-key-size
-  resp. --journal-integrity-key-size option now.
-
-  This bug is _not_ present for dm-crypt/LUKS, LUKS2 (including
-  integrity protection), or dm-verity devices; it affects only
-  standalone dm-integrity with HMAC integrity protection.
-
-* cryptsetup: Backup header can be used to activate TCRYPT device.
-  Use --header option to specify the header.
-
-* cryptsetup: Avoid LUKS2 decryption without detached header.
-  This feature will be added later and is currently not supported.
-
-* Additional fixes and workarounds for common warnings produced
-  by some static analysis tools (like gcc-11 analyzer) and additional
-  code hardening.
-
-* Fix standalone libintl detection for compiled tests.
-
-* Add Blake2b and Blake2s hash support for crypto backends.
-  Kernel and gcrypt crypto backend support all variants.
-  OpenSSL supports only Blake2b-512 and Blake2s-256.
-  Crypto backend supports kernel notation e.g. "blake2b-512".

docs/v2.4.0-ReleaseNotes

@@ -1,302 +0,0 @@
-Cryptsetup 2.4.0 Release Notes
-==============================
-Stable release with new features and bug fixes.
-
-This version introduces support for external libraries
-(plugins) for handling LUKS2 token objects.
-
-Changes since version 2.3.6
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-* External LUKS token plugins
-
-  A LUKS2 token is an object that can describe how to get a passphrase
-  to unlock a particular keyslot. The generic metadata format is part
-  of the LUKS2 specification.
-
-  Cryptsetup 2.4 adds the possibility to implement token handlers
-  in external libraries (possibly provided by other projects).
-
-  A token library allows cryptsetup to understand metadata and provide
-  basic operations. Currently external tokens may be used to unlock
-  keyslots for following CLI actions: open (luksOpen),
-  refresh (open --refresh), resize and dump (prints token specific
-  content).
-
-  LUKS2 devices cannot be resumed (luksResume action) via tokens yet.
-  Support for resume and other actions will be added later.
-
-  The library now provides an interface that automatically tries to load
-  an external library for a token object in LUKS2 metadata.
-
-  Token libraries should be installed in the cryptsetup subdirectory
-  (usually /lib*/cryptsetup). This path is configurable through
-  --with-luks2-external-tokens-path configure option.
-
-  The external plugin loading can be compiled entirely out if
-  --disable-external-tokens configure option is used. The external token
-  interface can also be disabled runtime on the command line by
-  --disable-external-tokens cryptsetup switch or by calling
-  crypt_token_external_disable() API function.
-
-  The name of the loaded token library is determined from the JSON LUKS
-  metadata token object type. For example, "ssh" token will load library
-  "libcryptsetup-token-ssh.so".
-
-  External projects can use this interface to handle specific hardware
-  without introducing additional dependencies to libcryptsetup core.
-
-  As of cryptsetup 2.4.0 release systemd project already merged upstream
-  native cryptsetup token handler for its systemd-tpm2 LUKS2 token
-  released originally in systemd-v248. The token can be created using
-  systemd-cryptenroll utility and devices may be manipulated either by
-  systemd-cryptsetup cli or by cryptsetup for actions listed above.
-
-  Other tokens like systemd-fido2 and systemd-pkcs11 are currently
-  in-review.
-
-* Experimental SSH token
-
-  As a demonstration of the external LUKS2 token interface, a new SSH
-  token handler and cryptsetup-ssh utility is now provided and compiled
-  by default.
-
-  Crypsetup SSH token allows using remote keyfile through SSH protocol
-  (it will authenticate through SSH certificates).
-
-  You can disable the build of this token library with
-  --disable-ssh-token configure option.
-
-To configure the token metadata, you need cryptsetup-ssh utility.
-
-Activation of the device is then performed by the cryptsetup utility.
-
-Example (how to activate LUKS2 through remote keyfile):
-
-  - configure existing LUKS2 device with keyslot activated by a keyfile
-   # cryptsetup luksAddKey <device> keyfile --key-slot 2
-
-   - store that keyfile on a remote system accessible through SSH
-
-   - configure SSH to use certificate for authentication
-
-   - add a LUKS2 token with cryptsetup-ssh utility:
-   # cryptsetup-ssh add <device>1 --key-slot 2 \
-      --ssh-server test-vm \
-      --ssh-user test \
-      --ssh-path /home/test/keyfile \
-      --ssh-keypath  /home/test/.ssh/test_rsa_key
-
-  - you should see token metadata now with "cryptsetup luksDump ..."
-   ...
-   Tokens:
-   0: ssh
-        ssh_server: test-vm
-        ssh_user: test
-        ssh_path: /home/test/keyfile
-        ssh_key_path: /home/test/.ssh/test_rsa_key
-        Keyslot:    2
-
-
-  - activation now should be automatic
-  # cryptsetup open <device> test --verbose
-    SSH token initiating ssh session.
-    Key slot 2 unlocked.
-    Command successful.
-
-  - to remove a token, you can use "cryptsetup token remove" command
-  (no plugin library required)
-
-  Please note SSH token is just demonstration of plugin interface API,
-  it is an EXPERIMENTAL feature.
-
-* Add cryptsetup --token-type parameter.
-
-  It restricts token type to the parameter value in case no specific
-  token-id is selected.
-
-* Support for token based activation with PIN.
-
-  If specific token requires PIN to unlock keyslot passphrase and
-  --token-only parameter was used cryptsetup asks for additional
-  token PIN.
-
-* Respect keyslot priority with token-based activation.
-
-* Default LUKS2 PBKDF is now Argon2id
-
-  Cryptsetup LUKS2 was using Argon2 while there were two versions,
-  data-independent (Argon2i) suitable for the KDF use case and
-  Argon2d (data-dependent). Later Argon2id was introduced as a new
-  mandatory algorithm.
-
-  We switched the password-based key derivation algorithms
-  following the latest version of Argon2 RFC draft
-  (https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-irtf-cfrg-argon2/) to Argon2id
-  (from Argon2i) as it is the mandatory and primary version
-  of the Argon2 algorithm.
-
-  There is no need to modify older containers; the main reason is that
-  RFC makes Argon2id the primary variant, while Argon2i subvariant is
-  only optional.
-  Argon2id provides better protection to side-channel attacks while
-  still providing protection to time-memory tradeoffs.
-
-  We will switch to OpenSSL implementation once it is available.
-  With a crystal ball as a reference, it could happen early in
-  OpenSSL 3.1 release.
-  Watch https://github.com/openssl/openssl/issues/4091.
-
-* Increase minimal memory cost for Argon2 benchmark to 64MiB.
-
-  This patch increases the benchmarking value to 64 MiB (as minimal
-  suggested values in Argon2 RFC). For compatibility reasons, we still
-  allow older limits if set by a parameter.
-
-  NOTE: Argon2 RFC draft defines suggested parameters for disk
-  encryption, but the LUKS2 approach is slightly different. We need to
-  provide platform-independent values. The values in the draft expect
-  64bit systems (suggesting using 6 GiB of RAM). In comparison, we need
-  to provide compatibility with all 32bit systems, so allocating more
-  than 4GiB memory is not an option for LUKS2.
-
-  The maximal limit in LUKS2 stays for 4 GiB, and by default LUKS2 PBKDF
-  benchmarking sets maximum to 1 GIB, preferring an increase of CPU cost
-  while running benchmark
-
-* Autodetect optimal encryption sector size on LUKS2 format.
-
-  While the support for larger encryption sectors is supported
-  for several releases, it required an additional parameter.
-
-  Code now uses automatic detection of 4096-bytes native sector devices
-  and automatically enables 4096-bytes encryption size for LUKS2.
-
-  If no setor size option is used, sector size is detected
-  automatically by cryptsetup. For libcryptsetup API, autodetection
-  happens once you specify sector_size to 0.
-
-  NOTE: crypt_format() function runs autodetection ONLY if you
-  recompile your application to the new API symbol version.
-  For backward compatibility, older applications ignore this parameter.
-
-* Use VeraCrypt option by default and add --disable-veracrypt option.
-
-  While TrueCrypt is no longer developed and supported since 2014,
-  VeraCrypt devices (a successor of TrueCrypt) are much more used today.
-
-  Default is now to support VeraCrypt format (in addition to TrueCrypt),
-  making the --veracrypt option obsolete (ignored as it is the default).
-
-  If you need to disable VeraCrypt support, use the new option
-  --disable-veracrypt.
-
-  This option increases the time to recognize wrong passwords because
-  some VeraCrypt modes use a high PBKDF2 iteration count, and the code
-  must try all variants. This could be limited by using --hash and
-  --cipher options mentioned below.
-
-* Support --hash and --cipher to limit opening time for TCRYPT type
-
-  If a user knows which particular PBKDF2 hash or cipher is used for
-  TrueCrypt/VeraCrypt container,  TCRYPT format now supports --hash and
-  --cipher option.
-
-  Note the value means substring (all cipher chains containing
-  the cipher substring are tried).
-
-  For example, you can use
-      # cryptsetup tcryptDump --hash sha512 <container>
-
-  Note: to speed up the scan, the hash option (used for PBKDF)2 matters.
-  Cipher variants are scanned very quickly.
-
-  Use with care.
-  It can reveal some sensitive attributes of the container!
-
-* Fixed default OpenSSL crypt backend support for OpenSSL3.
-
-  For OpenSSL version 3, we need to load legacy provider for older hash
-  and ciphers. For example, RIPEMD160 and Whirlpool hash algorithms are
-  no longer available by default.
-
-  NOTE: the plain format still uses RIPEMD160 for password hashing by
-  default. Changing the default would cause incompatibilities for many
-  old systems. Nevertheless, such a change will be needed very soon.
-
-* integritysetup: add integrity-recalculate-reset flag.
-
-  The new dm-integrity option in kernel 5.13 can restart recalculation
-  from the beginning of the device.
-  It can be used to change the integrity checksum function.
-
-  New integritysetup --integrity-recalculate-reset option is added to
-  integritysetup, and CRYPT_ACTIVATE_RECALCULATE_RESET flag to API.
-
-* cryptsetup: retains keyslot number in luksChangeKey for LUKS2.
-
-    In LUKS1, any change in keyslot means keyslot number change.
-
-    In LUKS2, we can retain the keyslot number.
-    Now luksKeyChange and crypt_keyslot_change_by_passphrase() API
-    retains keyslot number for LUKS2 by default.
-
-* Fix cryptsetup resize using LUKS2 tokens.
-
-  Fix a bug where cryptsetup needlessly asked for a passphrase even
-  though the volume key was already unlocked via LUKS2 token.
-
-* Add close --deferred and --cancel-deferred options.
-
-  All command-line utilities now understand deferred options for the
-  close command. Deferred close means that the device is removed
-  automagically after the last user closed the device.
-  Cancel deferred means to cancel this operation (so the device remains
-  active even if there a no longer active users).
-
-  CRYPT_DEACTIVATE_DEFERRED and CRYPT_DEACTIVATE_DEFERRED_CANCEL flags
-  are now available for API.
-
-* Rewritten command-line option parsing to avoid libpopt arguments
-  memory leaks.
-
-  Note: some distributions use patched lipopt that still leaks memory
-  inside internal code (see Debian bug 941814).
-
-* Add --test-args option.
-
-  New --test-args option can be used for syntax checking for valid
-  command-line arguments with no actions performed.
-  Note that it cannot detect unknown algorithm names and similar where
-  we need call API functions.
-
-* veritysetup: add --root-hash-file option
-  Allow passing the root hash via a file, rather than verbatim on
-  the command line, for the open, verify, and format actions.
-
-* libcryptsetup C API extensions (see libcryptsetup.h for details)
-
-  - crypt_logf - a printf like log function
-  - crypt_dump_json - dump LUKS2 metadata in JSON format
-  - crypt_header_is_detached - check if context use detached header
-  - crypt_token_max - get maximal tokens number
-  - crypt_token_external_path - get path for plugins (or NULL)
-  - crypt_token_external_disable - disable runtime support for plugins
-  - crypt_activate_by_token_pin - activate by token with additional PIN
-  - crypt_reencrypt_run - fixed API for deprecated crypt_reencrypt
-
-  The token plugin library interface cosists from these versioned
-  exported symbols (for details see header file and SSH token example):
-     cryptsetup_token_open
-     cryptsetup_token_open_pin
-     cryptsetup_token_buffer_free
-     cryptsetup_token_validate
-     cryptsetup_token_dump
-     cryptsetup_token_version
-
- Since version 2.4 libcryptsetup uses exact symbol versioning
- Newly introduced functions have CRYPTSETUP_2.4 namespace (the old
- symbol always used CRYPTSETUP_2.0).
- There is no change in soname (the library is backward compatible).
-
- * Many fixes and additions to documentation and man pages.

docs/v2.4.1-ReleaseNotes

@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-Cryptsetup 2.4.1 Release Notes
-==============================
-Stable bug-fix release with minor extensions.
-
-All users of cryptsetup 2.4.0 should upgrade to this version.
-
-Changes since version 2.4.0
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-* Fix compilation for libc implementations without dlvsym().
-
-  Some alternative libc implementations (like musl) do not provide
-  versioned symbols dlvsym function. Code now fallbacks to dlsym
-  operation for dynamic LUKS2 token load.
-  It is up to maintainers to ensure that LUKS2 token plugins are
-  compiled for the supported version.
-
-* Fix compilation and tests on systems with non-standard libraries
-  (standalone argp library, external gettext library, BusyBox
-  implementations of standard tools).
-
-* Try to workaround some issues on systems without udev support.
-  NOTE: non-udev systems cannot provide all functionality for kernel
-  device-mapper, and some operations can fail.
-
-* Fixes for OpenSSL3 crypto backend (including FIPS mode).
-  Because cryptsetup still requires some hash functions implemented
-  in OpenSSL3 legacy provider, crypto backend now uses its library
-  context and tries to load both default and legacy OpenSSL3 providers.
-
-  If FIPS mode is detected, no library context is used, and it is up
-  to the OpenSSL system-wide policy to load proper providers.
-
-  NOTE: We still use some deprecated API in the OpenSSL3 backend,
-  and there are some known problems in OpenSSL 3.0.0.
-
-* Print error message when assigning a token to an inactive keyslot.
-
-* Fix offset bug in LUKS2 encryption code if --offset option was used.
-
-* Do not allow LUKS2 decryption for devices with data offset.
-  Such devices cannot be used after decryption.
-
-* Fix LUKS1 cryptsetup repair command for some specific problems.
-  Repair code can now fix wrongly used initialization vector
-  specification in ECB mode (that is insecure anyway!) and repair
-  the upper-case hash specification in the LUKS1 header.

docs/v2.4.2-ReleaseNotes

@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-Cryptsetup 2.4.2 Release Notes
-==============================
-Stable bug-fix release.
-
-All users of cryptsetup 2.4.1 should upgrade to this version.
-
-Changes since version 2.4.1
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-* Fix possible large memory allocation if LUKS2 header size is invalid.
-  LUKS2 code read the full header to buffer to verify the checksum.
-  The maximal supported header size now limits the memory allocation.
-
-* Fix memory corruption in debug message printing LUKS2 checksum.
-
-* veritysetup: remove link to the UUID library for the static build.
-
-* Remove link to pwquality library for integritysetup and veritysetup.
-  These tools do not read passphrases.
-
-* OpenSSL3 backend: avoid remaining deprecated calls in API.
-  Crypto backend no longer use API deprecated in OpenSSL 3.0
-
-
-* Check if kernel device-mapper create device failed in an early phase.
-  This happens when a concurrent creation of device-mapper devices
-  meets in the very early state.
-
-* Do not set compiler optimization flag for Argon2 KDF if the memory
-  wipe is implemented in libc.
-
-* Do not attempt to unload LUKS2 tokens if external tokens are disabled.
-  This allows building a static binary with  --disable-external-tokens.
-
-* LUKS convert: also check sysfs for device activity.
-  If udev symlink is missing, code fallbacks to sysfs scan to prevent
-  data corruption for the active device.

docs/v2.4.3-ReleaseNotes

@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
-Cryptsetup 2.4.3 Release Notes
-==============================
-Stable security bug-fix release that fixes CVE-2021-4122.
-
-All users of cryptsetup 2.4.x must upgrade to this version.
-
-Changes since version 2.4.2
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-* Fix possible attacks against data confidentiality through LUKS2 online
-  reencryption extension crash recovery (CVE-2021-4122).
-
-  An attacker can modify on-disk metadata to simulate decryption in
-  progress with crashed (unfinished) reencryption step and persistently
-  decrypt part of the LUKS device.
-
-  This attack requires repeated physical access to the LUKS device but
-  no knowledge of user passphrases.
-
-  The decryption step is performed after a valid user activates
-  the device with a correct passphrase and modified metadata.
-  There are no visible warnings for the user that such recovery happened
-  (except using the luksDump command). The attack can also be reversed
-  afterward (simulating crashed encryption from a plaintext) with
-  possible modification of revealed plaintext.
-
-  The size of possible decrypted data depends on configured LUKS2 header
-  size (metadata size is configurable for LUKS2).
-  With the default parameters (16 MiB LUKS2 header) and only one
-  allocated keyslot (512 bit key for AES-XTS), simulated decryption with
-  checksum resilience SHA1 (20 bytes checksum for 4096-byte blocks),
-  the maximal decrypted size can be over 3GiB.
-
-  The attack is not applicable to LUKS1 format, but the attacker can
-  update metadata in place to LUKS2 format as an additional step.
-  For such a converted LUKS2 header, the keyslot area is limited to
-  decrypted size (with SHA1 checksums) over 300 MiB.
-
-  The issue is present in all cryptsetup releases since 2.2.0.
-  Versions 1.x, 2.0.x, and 2.1.x are not affected, as these do not
-  contain LUKS2 reencryption extension.
-
-  The problem was caused by reusing a mechanism designed for actual
-  reencryption operation without reassessing the security impact for new
-  encryption and decryption operations. While the reencryption requires
-  calculating and verifying both key digests, no digest was needed to
-  initiate decryption recovery if the destination is plaintext (no
-  encryption key). Also, some metadata (like encryption cipher) is not
-  protected, and an attacker could change it. Note that LUKS2 protects
-  visible metadata only when a random change occurs. It does not protect
-  against intentional modification but such modification must not cause
-  a violation of data confidentiality.
-
-  The fix introduces additional digest protection of reencryption
-  metadata. The digest is calculated from known keys and critical
-  reencryption metadata. Now an attacker cannot create correct metadata
-  digest without knowledge of a passphrase for used keyslots.
-  For more details, see LUKS2 On-Disk Format Specification version 1.1.0.
-
-  The former reencryption operation (without the additional digest) is no
-  longer supported (reencryption with the digest is not backward
-  compatible). You need to finish in-progress reencryption before
-  updating to new packages. The alternative approach is to perform
-  a repair command from the updated package to recalculate reencryption
-  digest and fix metadata.
-  The reencryption repair operation always require a user passphrase.
-
-  WARNING: Devices with older reencryption in progress can be no longer
-  activated without performing the action mentioned above.
-
-  Encryption in progress can be detected by running the luksDump command
-  (output includes reencrypt keyslot with reencryption parameters). Also,
-  during the active reencryption, no keyslot operations are available
-  (change of passphrases, etc.).
-
-  The issue was found by Milan Broz as cryptsetup maintainer.
-
-Other changes
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-* Add configure option --disable-luks2-reencryption to completely disable
-  LUKS2 reencryption code.
-
-  When used, the libcryptsetup library can read metadata with
-  reencryption code, but all reencryption API calls and cryptsetup
-  reencrypt commands are disabled.
-
-  Devices with online reencryption in progress cannot be activated.
-  This option can cause some incompatibilities. Please use with care.
-
-* Improve internal metadata validation code for reencryption metadata.
-
-* Add updated documentation for LUKS2 On-Disk Format Specification
-  version 1.1.0 (with reencryption extension description and updated
-  metadata description). See docs/on-disk-format-luks2.pdf or online
-  version in https://gitlab.com/cryptsetup/LUKS2-docs repository.
-
-* Fix support for bitlk (BitLocker compatible) startup key with new
-  metadata entry introduced in Windows 11.
-
-* Fix space restriction for LUKS2 reencryption with data shift.
-  The code required more space than was needed.

docs/v2.5.0-ReleaseNotes

@@ -1,291 +0,0 @@
-Cryptsetup 2.5.0 Release Notes
-==============================
-Stable release with new features and bug fixes.
-
-Changes since version 2.4.3
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-* Split manual pages into per-action pages and use AsciiDoc format.
-
-  Manual pages are now generated from AsciiDoc format, allowing easy
-  conditional modifications for per-action options.
-
-  Generation of man pages requires the asciidoctor tool installed.
-
-  Pre-generated man pages are also included in the distribution tarball.
-  You can use --disable-asciidoc configure option to skip man page
-  generation completely. In this case, pre-generated man pages will be
-  used for installation.
-
-  For cryptsetup, there is main man page (cryptsetup.8) that references
-  separate man pages for each command (for example, cryptsetup-open.8).
-  You can open such a man page by simply running "man cryptsetup open".
-  Also, man pages for action aliases are available (cryptsetup-luksOpen.8
-  is an alias for cryptsetup-open.8, etc.)
-
-LUKS volume reencryption changes
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-* Remove cryptsetup-reencrypt tool from the project and move reencryption
-  to already existing "cryptsetup reencrypt" command.
-
-  Cryptsetup reencrypt now handles both LUKS1 and LUKS2 reencryption,
-  encryption, and decryption.
-
-  If you need to emulate the old cryptsetup-reencrypt binary, use simple
-  wrappers script running "exec cryptsetup reencrypt $@".
-
-  All command line options should be compatible. An exception is the
-  reencryption of LUKS2 volumes with old LUKS1 reencryption code that was
-  replaced by native and more resilient LUKS2 reencryption.
-
-* LUKS2: implement --decryption option that allows LUKS removal. The
-  operation can run online or offline and supports the data shift option.
-
-  During the initialization, the LUKS2 header is exported to a file.
-  The first data segment is moved to the head of the data device in place
-  of the original header.
-
-  The feature internally introduces several new resilience modes
-  (combination of existing modes datashift and "checksum" or "journal").
-  Datashift resilience mode is applied for data moved towards the first
-  segment, and the first segment is then decrypted in place.
-
-  This decryption mode is not backward compatible with prior LUKS2
-  reencryption. Interrupted operations in progress cannot be resumed
-  using older cryptsetup releases.
-
-* Reencryption metadata options that are not compatible with recent code
-  (features implemented in more recent releases) are now only read, but
-  code will not activate or modify such metadata.
-  Reencryption metadata contains a version that is validated when
-  reencryption is resumed.
-  For more info, see the updated LUKS2 on-disk format specification.
-
-  Safe operation of reencryption is to always finish the operation with
-  only one version of the tools.
-
-* Fix decryption operation with --active-name option and restrict
-  it to be used only with LUKS2.
-
-* Do not refresh reencryption digest when not needed.
-  This should speed up the reencryption resume process.
-
-* Store proper resilience data in LUKS2 reencrypt initialization.
-  Resuming reencryption now does not require specification of resilience
-  type parameters if these are the same as during initialization.
-
-* Properly wipe the unused area after reencryption with datashift in
-  the forward direction.
-
-* Check datashift value against larger sector size.
-  For example, it could cause an issue if misaligned 4K sector appears
-  during decryption.
-
-* Do not allow sector size increase reencryption in offline mode.
-  The eventual logical block size increase on the dm-crypt device above
-  may lead to an unusable filesystem. Do not allow offline reencryption
-  when sector size increase is requested.
-
-  You can use --force-offline-reencrypt option to override this check
-  (and potentially destroy the data).
-
-* Do not allow dangerous sector size change during reencryption.
-  By changing the encryption sector size during reencryption, a user
-  may increase the effective logical block size for the dm-crypt active
-  device.
-
-  Do not allow encryption sector size to be increased over the value
-  provided by fs superblock in BLOCK_SIZE property.
-
-* Ask the user for confirmation before resuming reencryption.
-  The prompt is not shown in batch mode or when the user explicitly asks
-  for a reencryption resume via --resume-only.
-
-* Do not resume reencryption with conflicting parameters.
-  For example, if the operation was initialized as --encrypt, do not
-  allow resume with opposing parameter --decrypt and vice versa.
-  Also, the code now checks for conflicting resilience parameters
-  (datashift cannot be changed after initialization).
-
-* Add --force-offline-reencrypt option.
-  It can be used to enforce offline reencryption in batch mode when
-  the device is a regular file; therefore, cryptsetup cannot detect
-  properly active devices using it.
-  Also, it may be useful to override the active device auto-detection
-  for specific storage configurations (dangerous!).
-
-* Do not allow nested encryption in LUKS reencrypt.
-  Avoid accidental nested encryption via cryptsetup reencrypt --encrypt.
-
-* Fix --test-passphrase when the device is in reencryption.
-
-* Do not upload keys in keyring during offline reencryption.
-  Reencryption runs in userspace, so the kernel does not need the key.
-
-* Support all options allowed with luksFormat with encrypt action.
-
-* Add prompt if LUKS2 decryption is run with a detached header.
-
-* Add warning for reencryption of file image and mention
-  the possible use of --force-offline-reencrypt option.
-
-Other changes
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-* Add resize action to integritysetup.
-  This allows resizing of standalone integrity devices.
-
-* Support --device-size option (that allows unit specification) for plain
-  devices (existing --size option requires 512-byte sectors units).
-
-* Fix detection of encryption sector size if a detached header is used.
-
-* Remove obsolete dracut plugin reencryption example.
-
-* Fix possible keyslot area size overflow during conversion to LUKS2.
-  If keyslots are not sorted according to binary area offset, the area
-  size calculation was wrong and could overflow.
-
-* Hardening and fixes to LUKS2 validation functions:
-
-  * Log a visible error if convert fails due to validation check.
-
-  * Check for interval (keyslot and segment area) overflow.
-
-  * Check cipher availability before LUKS conversion to LUKS2.
-    Some historic incompatibilities are ignored for LUKS1 but do not
-    work for LUKS2.
-
-  * Add empty string check to LUKS2 metadata JSON validation.
-    Most of the LUKS2 fields cannot be empty.
-
-  * Fix JSON objects validation to check JSON object type properly.
-
-* TCRYPT: Properly apply retry count and continue if some PBKDF variant
-  is unavailable.
-
-* BITLK: Add a warning when activating a device with the wrong size
-  stored in metadata.
-
-* BITLK: Add BitLocker volume size to dump command.
-
-* BITLK: Fix possible UTF16 buffer overflow in volume key dump.
-
-* BITLK: Skip question if the batch mode is set for volume key dump.
-
-* BITLK: Check dm-zero availability in the kernel.
-  Bitlocker compatible mode uses dm-zero to mask metadata area.
-  The device cannot be activated if dm-zero is not available.
-
-* Fix error message for LUKS2-only cryptsetup commands to explicitly
-  state LUKS2 version is required.
-
-* Fix error message for incompatible dm-integrity metadata.
-  If the integritysetup tool is too old, kernel dm-integrity may use
-  a more recent version of dm-integrity metadata.
-
-* Properly deactivate the integrity device even if the LUKS2 header
-  is no longer available.
-  If LUKS2 is used with integrity protection, there is always
-  a dm-integrity device underneath that must be deactivated.
-
-* Allow use of --header option for cryptsetup close.
-  This can be used to check that the activated device has the same UUID.
-
-* Fix activation of LUKS2 device with integrity and detached header.
-  The kernel-parsed dm-integrity superblock is always located on the
-  data device, the incorrectly used detached header device here.
-
-* Add ZEROOUT IOCTL support for crypt_wipe API call.
-  For block devices, we can use optimized in-kernel BLKZEROOUT ioctl.
-
-* VERITY: set loopback sector size according to dm-verity block sizes.
-  Verity block size has the same limits, so we can optimize the loop
-  device to increase performance.
-
-* Other Documentation and man page improvements:
-
-  * Update LUKS2 on-disk format description.
-
-  * Add per-keyslot LUKS2 options to the man page.
-    Some options were missing for LUKS2 luksAddKey and luksChangeKey.
-
-  * Fix cryptsetup manpage to use PBKDF consistently.
-
-  * Add compile info to README. This information was lost when we removed
-    the default automake INSTALL file.
-
-  * Use volume key consistently in FAQ and man pages.
-
-  * Use markdown version of FAQ directly for installation.
-
-  * Clarify graceful reencryption interruption.
-    Currently, it can be interrupted by both SIGINT and SIGTERM signals.
-
-  * Add new mailing list info.
-
-  * Mention non-cryptographic xxhash64 hash for integrity protection.
-
-* veritysetup: dump device sizes.
-  Calculating device sizes for verity devices is a little bit tricky.
-  Data, hash, and FEC can share devices or be separate devices.
-  Now dump command prints used device sizes, but it requires that
-  the user specifies all values that are not stored in superblock
-  (like FEC device and FEC roots).
-
-* Fix check for argp_usage in configure if argp-standalone lib is used.
-
-* Add constant time memcmp and hexa print implementation and use it for
-  cryptographic keys handling.
-
-* Display progress when wiping the end of the resized device.
-
-* LUKS2 token: prefer token PIN query before passphrase in some cases.
-  When a user provides --token-type or specific --token-id, a token PIN
-  query is preferred to a passphrase query.
-
-* LUKS2 token: allow tokens to be replaced with --token-replace option
-  for cryptsetup token command.
-
-* LUKS2 token: do not continue operation when interrupted in PIN prompt.
-
-* Add --progress-json parameter to utilities.
-  Progress data can now be printed out in JSON format suitable for
-  machine processing.
-
-* Embedded Argon2 PBKDF: optimize and simplify thread exit.
-
-* Avoid using SHA1 in tests and fix new enforcements introduced in FIPS
-  provider for OpenSSL3 (like minimal parameters for PBKDF2).
-
-* Use custom UTF conversion and avoid linking to iconv as a dependency.
-
-* Reimplement BASE64 with simplified code instead of coreutils version.
-
-* Fix regression when warning messages were not displayed
-  if some kernel feature is not supported (2.4.2).
-
-* Add support for --key-slot option in luksResume action.
-
-Libcryptsetup API extensions and changes
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-* Properly define uint32_t constants in API.
-  This is not a real change, but it avoids strict compiler warnings.
-
-* crypt_resume_by_token_pin() - Resume crypt device using LUKS2 token.
-
-* crypt_get_label() - Get the label of the LUKS2 device.
-
-* crypt_get_subsystem() - Get the subsystem label of the LUKS2 device.
-
-* Make CRYPT_WIPE_ENCRYPTED_ZERO crypt_wipe() option obsolete.
-  It was never implemented (the idea was to speed up wipe), but with
-  the recent RNG performance changes, it makes no longer sense.
-
-* Add struct crypt_params_reencrypt changes related to decryption.
-
-* Improve crypt_reencrypt_status() return values.
-  Empty or any non-LUKS types now returns CRYPT_REENCRYPT_INVALID status.
-  For LUKS1 devices, it returns CRYPT_REENCRYPT_NONE.

docs/v2.6.0-ReleaseNotes

@@ -1,236 +0,0 @@
-Cryptsetup 2.6.0 Release Notes
-==============================
-Stable release with new features and bug fixes.
-
-Changes since version 2.5.0
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-* Introduce support for handling macOS FileVault2 devices (FVAULT2).
-
-  Cryptsetup now supports the mapping of FileVault2 full-disk encryption
-  by Apple for the macOS operating system using a native Linux kernel.
-  You can open an existing USB FileVault portable device and (with
-  the hfsplus filesystem driver) access the native data read/write.
-
-  Cryptsetup supports only (legacy) FileVault2 based on Core Storage
-  and HFS+ filesystem (introduced in MacOS X 10.7 Lion).
-  It does NOT support the new version of FileVault based on the APFS
-  filesystem used in recent macOS versions.
-
-  Header formatting and changes are not supported; cryptsetup never
-  changes the metadata on the device.
-
-  FVAULT2 extension requires kernel userspace crypto API and kernel
-  driver for HFS+ (hfsplus) filesystem (available on most systems today).
-
-  Example of using FileVault2 formatted USB device:
-
-  A typical encrypted device contains three partitions; the FileVault
-  encrypted partition is here sda2:
-
-  $ lsblk -o NAME,FSTYPE,LABEL /dev/sda
-    NAME   FSTYPE  LABEL
-    sda
-    |-sda1 vfat    EFI
-    |-sda2
-    `-sda3 hfsplus Boot OS X
-
-  Note: blkid does not recognize FileVault2 format yet.
-
-  To dump metadata information about the device, you can use
-  the fvault2Dump command:
-
-  $ cryptsetup fvault2Dump /dev/sda2
-    Header information for FVAULT2 device /dev/sda2.
-    Physical volume UUID:   6f353c05-daae-4e76-a0ee-6a9569a22d81
-    Family UUID:            f82cceb0-a788-4815-945a-53d57fcd55a8
-    Logical volume offset:  67108864 [bytes]
-    Logical volume size:    3288334336 [bytes]
-    Cipher:                 aes
-    Cipher mode:            xts-plain64
-    PBKDF2 iterations:      97962
-    PBKDF2 salt:            173a4ec7447662ec79ca7a47df6c2a01
-
- To activate the device, use open --type fvault2 option:
-
- $ cryptsetup open --type fvault2 /dev/sda2 test
-   Enter passphrase for /dev/sda2: ...
-
- And check the status of the active device:
-
- $ cryptsetup status test
-   /dev/mapper/test is active.
-   type:    FVAULT2
-   cipher:  aes-xts-plain64
-   keysize: 256 bits
-   key location: dm-crypt
-   device:  /dev/sda2
-   sector size:  512
-   offset:  131072 sectors
-   size:    6422528 sectors
-   mode:    read/write
-
- Now, if the kernel contains hfsplus filesystem driver, you can mount
- decrypted content:
-
- $ mount /dev/mapper/test /mnt/test
-
- For more info about implementation, please refer to the master thesis
- by Pavel Tobias, which was the source for this extension.
- https://is.muni.cz/th/p0aok/?lang=en
-
-* libcryptsetup: no longer use global memory locking through mlockall()
-
-  For many years, libcryptsetup locked all memory (including dependent
-  library address space) to prevent swapping sensitive content outside
-  of RAM.
-
-  This strategy no longer works as the locking of basic libraries exceeds
-  the memory locking limit if running as a non-root user.
-
-  Libcryptsetup now locks only memory ranges containing sensitive
-  material (keys) through crypt_safe_alloc() calls.
-
-  This change solves many reported mysterious problems of unexpected
-  failures. If the initial lock was still under the limit and succeeded,
-  some following memory allocation could fail later as it exceeded
-  the locking limit. If the initial locking fails,  memory locking
-  was quietly ignored completely.
-
-  The whole crypt_memory_lock() API call is deprecated; it no longer
-  calls memlockall().
-
-* libcryptsetup: process priority is increased only for key derivation
-  (PBKDF) calls.
-
-  Increasing priority was tight to memory locking and works only if
-  running under superuser.
-  Only PBKDF calls and benchmarking now increase the process priority.
-
-* Add new LUKS keyslot context handling functions and API.
-
-  In practice, the luksAddKey action does two operations.
-  It unlocks the existing device volume key and stores the unlocked
-  volume key in a new keyslot.
-  Previously the options were limited to key files and passphrases.
-
-  Newly available methods (keyslot contexts) are passphrase, keyfile,
-  key (binary representation), and LUKS2 token.
-
-  To unlock a keyslot user may:
-    - provide existing passphrase via interactive prompt (default method)
-    - use --key-file option to provide a file with a valid passphrase
-    - provide volume key directly via --volume-key-file
-    - unlock keyslot via all available LUKS2 tokens by --token-only
-    - unlock keyslot via specific token with --token-id
-    - unlock keyslot via specific token type by --token-type
-
-  To provide the passphrase for a new keyslot, a user may:
-    - provide existing passphrase via interactive prompt (default method)
-    - use --new-keyfile to read the passphrase from the file
-    - use --new-token-id to select LUKS2 token to get passphrase
-      for new keyslot. The new keyslot is assigned to the selected token
-      id if the operation is successful.
-
-* The volume key may now be extracted using a passphrase, keyfile, or
-  token. For LUKS devices, it also returns the volume key after
-  a successful crypt_format call.
-
-* Fix --disable-luks2-reencryption configuration option.
-
-* cryptsetup: Print a better error message and warning if the format
-  produces an image without space available for data.
-
-  Activation now fails early with a more descriptive message.
-
-* Print error if anti-forensic LUKS2 hash setting is not available.
-  If the specified hash was not available, activation quietly failed.
-
-* Fix internal crypt segment compare routine if the user
-  specified cipher in kernel format (capi: prefix).
-
-* cryptsetup: Add token unassign action.
-
-  This action allows removing token binding on specific keyslot.
-
-* veritysetup: add support for --use-tasklets option.
-
-  This option sets try_verify_in_tasklet kernel dm-verity option
-  (available since Linux kernel 6.0) to allow some performance
-  improvement on specific systems.
-
-* Provide pkgconfig Require.private settings.
-
-  While we do not completely provide static build on udev systems,
-  it helps produce statically linked binaries in certain situations.
-
-* Always update automake library files if autogen.sh is run.
-
-  For several releases, we distributed older automake scripts by mistake.
-
-* reencryption: Fix user defined moved segment size in LUKS2 decryption.
-
-  The --hotzone-size argument was ignored in cases where the actual data
-  size was less than the original LUKS2 data offset.
-
-* Delegate FIPS mode detection to configured crypto backend.
-  System FIPS mode check no longer depends on /etc/system-fips file.
-
-* tests: externally provided systemd plugin is now optionally compiled
-  from systemd git and tested with cryptsetup
-
-* tests: initial integration to OSS-fuzz project with basic crypt_load()
-  test for LUKS2 and JSON mutated fuzzing.
-
-  For more info, see README in tests/fuzz directory.
-
-* Update documentation, including FAQ and man pages.
-
-Libcryptsetup API extensions
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-The libcryptsetup API is backward compatible with existing symbols.
-
-New symbols:
-  crypt_keyslot_context_init_by_passphrase
-  crypt_keyslot_context_init_by_keyfile
-  crypt_keyslot_context_init_by_token
-  crypt_keyslot_context_init_by_volume_key
-  crypt_keyslot_context_get_error
-  crypt_keyslot_context_set_pin
-  crypt_keyslot_context_get_type
-  crypt_keyslot_context_free
-  crypt_keyslot_add_by_keyslot_context
-  crypt_volume_key_get_by_keyslot_context
-
-New defines:
-  CRYPT_FVAULT2 "FVAULT2" (FileVault2 compatible mode)
-
-Keyslot context types:
-  CRYPT_KC_TYPE_PASSPHRASE
-  CRYPT_KC_TYPE_KEYFILE
-  CRYPT_KC_TYPE_TOKEN
-  CRYPT_KC_TYPE_KEY
-
-  CRYPT_ACTIVATE_TASKLETS (dm-verity: use tasklets activation flag)
-
-WARNING!
-~~~~~~~~
-The next version of cryptsetup will change the encryption mode and key
-derivation option for the PLAIN format.
-
-This change will cause backward incompatibility.
-For this reason, the user will have to specify the exact parameters
-for cipher, key size, and key derivation parameters for plain format.
-
-The default encryption mode will be AES-XTS with 512bit key (AES-256).
-The CBC mode is no longer considered the best default, as it allows easy
-bit-flipped ciphertext modification attacks and performance problems.
-
-For the passphrase hashing in plain mode, the encryption key is directly
-derived through iterative hashing from a user-provided passphrase
-(except a keyfile that is not hashed).
-
-The default hash is RIPEMD160, which is no longer the best default
-option. The exact change will be yet discussed but should include
-the possibility of using a password-based key derivation function
-instead of iterative hashing.

docs/v2.6.1-ReleaseNotes

@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-Cryptsetup 2.6.1 Release Notes
-==============================
-Stable bug-fix release with minor extensions.
-
-All users of cryptsetup 2.6.0 should upgrade to this version.
-
-Changes since version 2.6.0
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-* bitlk: Fixes for BitLocker-compatible on-disk metadata parser
-  (found by new cryptsetup OSS-Fuzz fuzzers).
-  - Fix a possible memory leak if the metadata contains more than
-    one description field.
-  - Harden parsing of metadata entries for key and description entries.
-  - Fix broken metadata parsing that can cause a crash or out of memory.
-
-* Fix possible iteration overflow in OpenSSL2 PBKDF2 crypto backend.
-  OpenSSL2 uses a signed integer for PBKDF2 iteration count.
-  As cryptsetup uses an unsigned value, this can lead to overflow and
-  a decrease in the actual iteration count.
-  This situation can happen only if the user specifies
-  --pbkdf-force-iterations option.
-  OpenSSL3 (and other supported crypto backends) are not affected.
-
-* Fix compilation for new ISO C standards (gcc with -std=c11 and higher).
-
-* fvault2: Fix compilation with very old uuid.h.
-
-* verity: Fix possible hash offset setting overflow.
-
-* bitlk: Fix use of startup BEK key on big-endian platforms.
-
-* Fix compilation with latest musl library.
-  Recent musl no longer implements lseek64() in some configurations.
-  Use lseek() as 64-bit offset is mandatory for cryptsetup.
-
-* Do not initiate encryption (reencryption command) when the header and
-  data devices are the same.
-  If data device reduction is not requsted, this leads to data corruption
-  since LUKS metadata was written over the data device.
-
-* Fix possible memory leak if crypt_load() fails.
-
-* Always use passphrases with a minimal 8 chars length for benchmarking.
-  Some enterprise distributions decided to set an unconditional check
-  for PBKDF2 password length when running in FIPS mode.
-  This questionable change led to unexpected failures during LUKS format
-  and keyslot operations, where short passwords were used for
-  benchmarking PBKDF2 speed.
-  PBKDF2 benchmark calculations should not be affected by this change.

docs/v2.7.0-ReleaseNotes

@@ -1,437 +0,0 @@
-Cryptsetup 2.7.0 Release Notes
-==============================
-Stable release with new features and bug fixes.
-
-Changes since version 2.6.1
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-* Introduce support for hardware OPAL disk encryption.
-
-  Some SATA and NVMe devices support hardware encryption through OPAL2
-  TCG interface (SEDs - self-encrypting drives). Using hardware disk
-  encryption is controversial as you must trust proprietary hardware.
-
-  On the other side, using both software and hardware encryption
-  layers increases the security margin by adding an additional layer
-  of protection. There is usually no performance drop if OPAL encryption
-  is used (the drive always operates with full throughput), and it does
-  not add any utilization to the main CPU.
-
-  LUKS2 now supports hardware encryption through the Linux kernel
-  SED OPAL interface (CONFIG_BLK_SED_OPAL Linux kernel option must be
-  enabled). Cryptsetup OPAL is never enabled by default; you have to use
-  luksFormat parameters to use it. OPAL support can be disabled during
-  the build phase with --disable-hw-opal configure option.
-
-  LUKS2 OPAL encryption is configured the same way as software encryption
-  - it stores metadata in the LUKS2 header and activates encryption for
-  the data area on the disk (configured OPAL locking range).
-  LUKS2 header metadata must always be visible (thus not encrypted).
-  The key stored in LUKS2 keyslots contains two parts - volume key
-  for software (dm-crypt) encryption and unlocking key for OPAL.
-  OPAL unlocking key is independent of the dm-crypt volume key and is
-  always 256 bits long. Cryptsetup does not support full drive OPAL
-  encryption; only a specific locking range is always used.
-
-  If the OPAL device is in its initial factory state (after factory
-  reset), cryptsetup needs to configure the OPAL admin user and password.
-  If the OPAL admin user is already set, the OPAL password must be
-  provided during luksFormat.
-  The provided password is needed only to configure or reset the OPAL
-  locking range; LUKS device activation requires LUKS passphrase only.
-  LUKS passphrase should be different from OPAL password (OPAL admin user
-  is configured inside OPAL hardware while LUKS unlocking passphrase
-  unlocks LUKS keyslot).
-
-  OPAL encryption can be used in combination with software (dm-crypt)
-  encryption (--hw-opal option) or without the software layer
-  (--hw-opal-only option).
-  You can see the configured segment parameters in the luksDump command.
-  LUKS2 devices with OPAL segments set a new requirement flag in
-  the LUKS2 header to prevent older cryptsetup metadata manipulation.
-  Do not use hardware-only encryption if you do not fully trust your
-  hardware vendor.
-
-  Compatibility notes:
-    - Linux kernel SED interface does NOT work through USB external
-    adapters due to the missing compatibility layer in Linux USB storage
-    drivers (even if USB hardware itself can support OPAL commands).
-    - other TCG security subsystems like Ruby or Pyrite are not
-    supported. Note that many drives support only Pyrite subsystem that
-    does NOT encrypt data (it provides only authentication).
-    - compatibility among OPAL-enabled drives is often very problematic,
-    specifically for older drives. Many drives have bugs in the firmware
-    that make the Linux kernel interface unusable.
-    - if you forget the OPAL admin password, the only way to recover is
-    the full drive factory reset through the PSID key (usually printed
-    on the drive itself) that wipes all data on the drive (not only the
-    LUKS area).
-    - cryptsetup reencryption is not supported for LUKS2 OPAL-enabled
-    devices
-    - most OPAL drives use AES-XTS cipher mode (older drives can use
-    AES-CBC). This information is not available through kernel SED API.
-    - locked OPAL locking ranges return IO errors while reading; this
-    can produce a lot of scary messages in the log if some tools (like
-    blkid) try to read the locked area.
-
-  Examples:
-
-  * Formatting the drive
-  Use --hw-opal with luksFormat (or --hw-opal-only for hardware only
-  encryption):
-
-  # cryptsetup luksFormat --hw-opal <device>
-  Enter passphrase for <device>: ***
-  Enter OPAL Admin password: ***
-
-  * Check configuration with luksDump.
-  Note "hw-opal-crypt" segment that uses both dm-crypt and OPAL
-  encryption - keyslot stores 768 bits key (512 sw + 256 bits OPAL key).
-
-  # cryptsetup luksDump <device>
-    LUKS header information
-    Version:        2
-    ...
-    Data segments:
-       0: hw-opal-crypt
-         offset: 16777216 [bytes]
-         length: ... [bytes]
-         cipher: aes-xts-plain64
-         sector: 512 [bytes]
-         HW OPAL encryption:
-                OPAL segment number: 1
-                OPAL key: 256 bits
-                OPAL segment length: ... [bytes]
-     Keyslots:
-       0: luks2
-         Key:        768 bits
-      ...
-
-  For devices with OPAL encryption ONLY (only 256 bits OPAL unlocking
-  key is stored):
-     LUKS header information
-     Version:        2
-     ...
-
-     Data segments:
-        0: hw-opal
-          offset: 16777216 [bytes]
-          length: ... [bytes]
-          cipher: (no SW encryption)
-          HW OPAL encryption:
-                OPAL segment number: 1
-                OPAL key: 256 bits
-                OPAL segment length: ... [bytes]
-     Keyslots:
-       0: luks2
-         Key:        256 bits
-         ...
-
-  * Activation and deactivation (open, close, luksSuspend, luksResume)
-  with OPAL works the same as for the LUKS2 device.
-
-  * Erase LUKS metadata (keyslots) and remove OPAL locking range:
-  # cryptsetup luksErase <device>
-    Enter OPAL Admin password: ***
-
-  The LUKS header is destroyed (unlike in normal LUKS luksErase) as
-  data are no longer accessible even with previous volume key knowledge.
-
-  * Factory reset OPAL drive (if you do not know the Admin password).
-    You need the PSID (physical presence security ID), which is usually
-    printed on the device label. Note this will reset the device to
-    factory state, erasing all data on it (not only LUKS).
-
-  # cryptsetup luksErase --hw-opal-factory-reset <device>
-    Enter OPAL PSID: ***
-
-* plain mode: Set default cipher to aes-xts-plain64 and password hashing
-  to sha256.
-
-  NOTE: this is a backward incompatible change for plain mode (if you
-  rely on defaults). It is not relevant for LUKS devices.
-
-  The default plain encryption mode was CBC for a long time, with many
-  performance problems. Using XTS mode aligns it with LUKS defaults.
-
-  The hash algorithm for plain mode was ripemd160, which is considered
-  deprecated, so the new default is sha256.
-
-  The default key size remains 256 bits (it means using AES-128 as XTS
-  requires two keys).
-
-  Always specify cipher, hash, and key size for plain mode (or even
-  better, use LUKS as it stores all options in its metadata on disk).
-  As we need to upgrade algorithms from time to time because of security
-  reasons, cryptsetup now warns users to specify these options explicitly
-  in the open cryptsetup command if plain mode is used.
-  Cryptsetup does not block using any legacy encryption type; just it
-  must be specified explicitly on the cryptsetup command line.
-
-  You can configure these defaults during build time if you need to
-  enforce backward compatibility.
-  To get the backward-compatible setting, use:
-    --with-plain-hash=ripemd160 --with-plain-cipher=aes
-    --with-plain-mode=cbc-essiv:sha256
-
-  Compiled-in defaults are visible in cryptsetup --help output.
-
-* Allow activation (open), luksResume, and luksAddKey to use the volume
-  key stored in a keyring.
-* Allow to store volume key to a user-specified keyring in open and
-  luksResume commands.
-
-  These options are intended to be used for integration with other
-  systems for automation.
-
-  Users can now use the volume key (not passphrase) stored in arbitrary
-  kernel keyring and directly use it in particular cryptsetup commands
-  with --volume-key-keyring option. The keyring can use various policies
-  (set outside of the cryptsetup scope, for example, by keyctl).
-
-  The --volume-key-keyring option takes a key description in
-  keyctl-compatible syntax and can either be a numeric key ID or
-  a string name in the format [%<key type>:]<key name>.
-  The default key type is "user".
-
-  To store the volume key in a keyring, you can use cryptsetup with
-  --link-vk-to-keyring option that is available for open and luksResume
-  cryptsetup command. The option argument has a more complex format:
-  <keyring_description>::<key_description>.
-  The <keyring_description> contains the existing kernel keyring
-  description (numeric id or keyctl format). The <keyring_description>
-  may be optionally prefixed with "%:" or "%keyring:". The string "::" is
-  a delimiter that separates keyring and key descriptions.
-  The <key_description> has the same syntax as used in the
-  --volume-key-keyring option.
-
-  Example:
-
-  Open the device and store the volume key to the keyring:
-  # cryptsetup open <device> --link-vk-to-keyring "@s::%user:testkey" tst
-
-  Add keyslot using the stored key in a keyring:
-  # cryptsetup luksAddKey <device> --volume-key-keyring "%user:testkey"
-
-* Do not flush IO operations if resize grows the device.
-  This can help performance in specific cases where the encrypted device
-  is extended automatically while running many IO operations.
-
-* Use only half of detected free memory for Argon2 PBKDF on systems
-  without swap (for LUKS2 new keyslot or format operations).
-
-  This should avoid out-of-memory crashes on low-memory systems without
-  swap. The benchmark for memory-hard KDF during format is tricky, and
-  it seems that relying on the maximum half of physical memory is not
-  enough; relying on free memory should bring the needed security margin
-  while still using Argon2.
-  There is no change for systems with active swap.
-  Note, for very-low memory-constrained systems, a user should avoid
-  memory-hard PBKDF completely (manually select legacy PBKDF2 instead
-  of Argon2); cryptsetup does not change PBKDF automatically.
-
-* Add the possibility to specify a directory for external LUKS2 token
-  handlers (plugins).
-
-  Use --external-tokens-path parameter in cryptsetup or
-  crypt_token_set_external_path API call. The parameter is required to be
-  an absolute path, and it is set per process context. This parameter is
-  intended mainly for testing and developing new tokens.
-
-* Do not allow reencryption/decryption on LUKS2 devices with
-  authenticated encryption or hardware (OPAL) encryption.
-
-  The operation fails later anyway; cryptsetup now detects incompatible
-  parameters early.
-
-* Do not fail LUKS format if the operation was interrupted on subsequent
-  device wipe.
-
-  Device wipe (used with authenticated encryption) is an optional
-  operation and can be interrupted; not yet wiped part of the device will
-  only report integrity errors (until overwritten with new data).
-
-* Fix the LUKS2 keyslot option to be used while activating the device
-  by a token.
-
-  It can also be used to check if a specific token (--token-id) can
-  unlock a specific keyslot (--key-slot option) when --test-passphrase
-  option is specified.
-
-* Properly report if the dm-verity device cannot be activated due to
-  the inability to verify the signed root hash (ENOKEY).
-
-* Fix to check passphrase for selected keyslot only when adding
-  new keyslot.
-
-  If the user specifies the exact keyslot to unlock, cryptsetup no longer
-  checks other keyslots.
-
-* Fix to not wipe the keyslot area before in-place overwrite.
-
-  If the LUKS2 keyslot area has to be overwritten (due to lack of free
-  space for keyslot swap), cryptsetup does not wipe the affected area as
-  the first step (it will be overwritten later anyway).
-  Previously, there was an unnecessary risk of losing the keyslot data
-  if the code crashed before adding the new keyslot.
-
-  If there is enough space in the keyslot area, cryptsetup never
-  overwrites the older keyslot before the new one is written correctly
-  (even if the keyslot number remains the same).
-
-* bitlk: Fix segfaults when attempting to verify the volume key.
-
-  Also, clarify that verifying the volume key is impossible without
-  providing a passphrase or recovery key.
-
-* Add --disable-blkid command line option to avoid blkid device check.
-
-* Add support for the meson build system.
-
-  All basic operations are supported (compile, test, and dist) with some
-  minor exceptions; please see the meson manual for more info.
-
-  The Meson build system will completely replace autotools in some future
-  major release. Both autotools and meson build systems are supported,
-  and the release archive is built with autotools.
-
-* Fix wipe operation that overwrites the whole device if used for LUKS2
-  header with no keyslot area.
-
-  Formatting a LUKS2 device with no defined keyslots area is a very
-  specific operation, and the code now properly recognizes such
-  configuration.
-
-* Fix luksErase to work with detached LUKS header.
-
-* Disallow the use of internal kernel crypto driver names in "capi"
-  specification.
-
-  The common way to specify cipher mode in cryptsetup is to use
-  cipher-mode-iv notation (like aes-xts-plain64).
-  With the introduction of authenticated ciphers, we also allow
-  "capi:<spec>" notation that is directly used by dm-crypt
-  (e.g., capi:xts(aes)-plain64).
-
-  CAPI specification was never intended to be used directly in the LUKS
-  header; unfortunately, the code allowed it until now.
-  Devices with CAPI specification in metadata can no longer be activated;
-  header repair is required.
-
-  CAPI specification could allow attackers to change the cipher
-  specification to enforce loading some specific kernel crypto driver
-  (for example, load driver with known side-channel issues).
-  This can be problematic, specifically in a cloud environment
-  (modifying LUKS2 metadata in container image).
-
-  Thanks to Jan Wichelmann, Luca Wilke, and Thomas Eisenbarth from
-  University of Luebeck for noticing the problems with this code.
-
-* Fix reencryption to fail early for unknown cipher.
-
-* tcrypt: Support new Blake2 hash for VeraCrypt.
-
-  VeraCrypt introduces support for Blake2 PRF for PBKDF2; also support it
-  in cryptsetup compatible tcrypt format.
-
-* tcrypt: use hash values as substring for limiting KDF check.
-
-  This allows the user to specify --hash sha or --hash blake2 to limit
-  the KDF scan without the need to specify the full algorithm name
-  (similar to cipher where we already use substring match).
-
-* Add Aria cipher support and block size info.
-
-  Aria cipher is similar to AES and is supported in Linux kernel crypto
-  API in recent releases.
-  It can be now used also for LUKS keyslot encryption.
-
-* Do not decrease PBKDF parameters if the user forces them.
-
-  If a user explicitly specifies PBKDF parameters (like iterations,
-  used memory, or threads), do not limit them, even if it can cause
-  resource exhaustion.
-  The force options were mostly used for decreasing parameters, but it
-  should work even opposite - despite the fact it can mean an
-  out-of-memory crash.
-
-  The only limits are hard limits per the PBKDF algorithm.
-
-* Support OpenSSL 3.2 Argon2 implementation.
-
-  Argon2 is now available directly in OpenSSL, so the code no longer
-  needs to use libargon implementation.
-  Configure script should detect this automatically.
-
-* Add support for Argon2 from libgcrypt
-  (requires yet unreleased gcrypt 1.11).
-
-  Argon2 has been available since version 1.10, but we need version 1.11,
-  which will allow empty passwords.
-
-* Used Argon2 PBKDF implementation is now reported in debug mode
-  in the cryptographic backend version. For native support in
-  OpenSSL 3.2 or libgcrypt 1.11, "argon2" is displayed.
-  If libargon2 is used, "cryptsetup libargon2" (for embedded
-  library) or "external libargon2" is displayed.
-
-* Link only libcrypto from OpenSSL.
-
-  This reduces dependencies as other OpenSSL libraries are not needed.
-
-* Disable reencryption for Direct-Access (DAX) devices.
-
-  Linux kernel device-mapper cannot stack DAX/non-DAX devices in
-  the mapping table, so online reencryption cannot work. Detect DAX
-  devices and warn users during LUKS format. Also, DAX or persistent
-  memory devices do not provide atomic sector updates; any single
-  modification can corrupt the whole encryption block.
-
-* Print a warning message if the device is not aligned to sector size.
-
-  If a partition is resized after format, activation could fail when
-  the device is not multiple of a sector size. Print at least a warning
-  here, as the activation error message is visible only in kernel syslog.
-
-* Fix sector size and integrity fields display for non-LUKS2 crypt
-  devices for the status command.
-
-* Fix suspend for LUKS2 with authenticated encryption (also suspend
-  dm-integrity device underneath).
-
-  This should stop the dm-integrity device from issuing journal updates
-  and possibly corrupt data if the user also tries to modify the
-  underlying device.
-
-* Update keyring and locking documentation and LUKS2 specification
-  for OPAL2 support.
-
-Libcryptsetup API extensions
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-The libcryptsetup API is backward compatible for all existing symbols.
-
-New symbols:
-  crypt_activate_by_keyslot_context
-  crypt_format_luks2_opal
-  crypt_get_hw_encryption_type
-  crypt_get_hw_encryption_key_size
-  crypt_keyslot_context_init_by_keyring
-  crypt_keyslot_context_init_by_vk_in_keyring
-  crypt_keyslot_context_init_by_signed_key
-  crypt_resume_by_keyslot_context
-  crypt_token_set_external_path
-  crypt_set_keyring_to_link
-  crypt_wipe_hw_opal
-
-New defines (hw encryption status):
-  CRYPT_SW_ONLY
-  CRYPT_OPAL_HW_ONLY
-  CRYPT_SW_AND_OPAL_HW
-
-New keyslot context types:
-  CRYPT_KC_TYPE_KEYRING
-  CRYPT_KC_TYPE_VK_KEYRING
-  CRYPT_KC_TYPE_SIGNED_KEY
-
-New requirement flag:
-  CRYPT_REQUIREMENT_OPAL

docs/v2.7.1-ReleaseNotes

@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-Cryptsetup 2.7.1 Release Notes
-==============================
-Stable bug-fix release with minor extensions.
-
-All users of cryptsetup 2.7.0 should upgrade to this version.
-
-Changes since version 2.7.0
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-* Fix interrupted LUKS1 decryption resume.
-  With the replacement of the cryptsetup-reencrypt tool by the cryptsetup
-  reencrypt command, resuming the interrupted LUKS1 decryption operation
-  could fail. LUKS2 was not affected.
-
-* Allow --link-vk-to-keyring with --test-passphrase option.
-  This option allows uploading the volume key in a user-specified kernel
-  keyring without activating the device.
-
-* Fix crash when --active-name was used in decryption initialization.
-
-* Updates and changes to man pages, including indentation, sorting options
-  alphabetically, fixing mistakes in crypt_set_keyring_to_link, and fixing
-  some typos.
-
-* Fix compilation with libargon2 when --disable-internal-argon2 was used.
-
-* Do not require installed argon2.h header and never compile internal
-  libargon2 code if the crypto library directly supports Argon2.
-
-* Fixes to regression tests to support older Linux distributions.

docs/v2.7.2-ReleaseNotes

@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-Cryptsetup 2.7.2 Release Notes
-==============================
-Stable bug-fix release.
-
-All users of cryptsetup 2.7 should upgrade to this version.
-
-Changes since version 2.7.1
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-* Fix activation of OPAL-only encrypted LUKS device with tokens.
-  The issue was caused by an invalid volume key check (assert)
-  that is impossible without software encryption.
-
-* Fix formatting of OPAL devices with 4096-byte sector size.
-
-* Fix incorrect OPAL locking range alignment calculation if used
-  over an unaligned device partition.
-
-* Add --hw-opal-factory-reset option description to the manual page.
-
-* Do not check the passphrase quality for OPAL Admin PIN,
-  as this passphrase already exists.
-
-* Update license for FAQ document to CC BY-SA 4.0.
-
-NOTE: Please note that with OPAL-only (--hw-opal-only) encryption,
-the configured OPAL administrator PIN (passphrase) allows unlocking
-all configured locking ranges without LUKS keyslot decryption
-(without knowledge of LUKS passphrase).
-Because of many observed problems with compatibility, cryptsetup
-currently DOES NOT use OPAL single-user mode, which would allow such
-decoupling of OPAL admin PIN access.

docs/v2.7.3-ReleaseNotes

@@ -1,114 +0,0 @@
-Cryptsetup 2.7.3 Release Notes
-==============================
-Stable bug-fix release with security fixes.
-
-All users of cryptsetup 2.7 must upgrade to this version.
-
-Changes since version 2.7.2
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-* Do not allow formatting LUKS2 with Opal SED (hardware encryption)
-  if the reported logical sector size for the block device and Opal
-  encryption logical block differs.
-
-  Such a configuration can lead to a partially encrypted Opal locking
-  range or data destruction following the expected locking range.
-
-  Some NVMe drives support multiple LBAF profiles (typically supporting
-  512-byte and 4096-byte sector size). Some broken Opal NVMe firmware can
-  report bogus encryption size that disagrees with real used sector size.
-  This usually happens after low-level NVMe reformatting (LBAF profile
-  change with nvme utility) to different sector size.
-  Moreover, some firmware versions do not properly reset this even after
-  explicit PSID revert.
-
-  Cryptsetup calculates the Opal locking range using the reported block
-  size in Opal geometry ioctl.  Unfortunately, the broken firmware drive
-  internally uses the logical block size of the block device, which can
-  differ. This can lead to two possible situations:
-
-  - Opal reports a smaller block size (512-byte) while the drive uses
-  a 4096-byte sector. The configured locking range is then much larger,
-  destroying data following the expected locking range setting.
-
-  - Opal reports a larger block size (4096-byte) while the drive uses
-  a 512-byte sector. The configured locking range is then much smaller,
-  leaving the remaining space in the locking range unencrypted (violating
-  the confidentiality of data).
-
-  Cryptsetup now detects this discrepancy and disallows LUKS2 format with
-  Opal hardware encryption in such a case.
-
-  For already formatted devices, you will see this warning:
-    "Bogus OPAL logical block size differs from device block size."
-
-  If you also used software encryption (dm-crypt over Opal), data will
-  still be fully encrypted with software dm-crypt.
-  With hw-only encryption,  your configuration is probably already broken
-  (insecure or accessing data beyond the assigned area).
-
-  Note that this is caused by bad firmware (seen with multiple vendors),
-  and the problem was reported, at least for drives we have access to.
-
-* Fixes to wiping LUKS2 headers after Opal locking area erase.
-
-  As the hardware locking range is destroyed (cryptsetup erase command),
-  the LUKS2 header is no longer usable and was partially wiped.
-  Now the code fully wipes also the secondary header, as the previous
-  code wiped only the primary LUKS area.
-
-  Note that this is an exception, as the normal erase command wipes only
-  the keyslots, keeping the LUKS2 header in place.  With Opal encryption,
-  the data segment is no longer valid, so the whole LUKS2 header is no
-  longer usable.
-
-* Mention the need for possible PSID revert before Opal format for some
-  drives (man page).
-
-* Fix Bitlocker-compatible code to ignore newly seen metadata entries.
-
-  Recent Windows OS versions started to include new (undocumented)
-  metadata entries in Bitlocker. These entries are now quietly ignored,
-  allowing Bitlocker images to open with cryptsetup again.
-
-* Fix interactive query retry if LUKS2 unbound keyslot is present.
-
-  If an unbound keyslot is present, the password query retry count is
-  now properly applied.
-
-* Detect unsupported zoned devices for LUKS header devices.
-
-  Zoned devices cannot be written with direct-io and used for LUKS header
-  logic in general. Code now rejects placing the LUKS header on a zoned
-  device, while you can still create a detached header and use a zoned
-  device for encrypted data.
-
-* Allow "capi" cipher format for benchmark command and fix parsing
-  of plain IV in "capi" format.
-
-  Some ciphers can be specified only in Linux kernel crypto notation
-  (in short, "capi"). Code now allows this format also for benchmark,
-  for example, "benchmark -c capi:xts\(aes\)-plain64"
-  (that is equivalent to -c aes-xts-plain64).
-
-* Add support for HCTR2 encryption mode.
-
-  The HCTR2 encryption mode was added to the Linux kernel for fscrypt,
-  but as it is a length-preserving mode (with sector tweak), it can be
-  easily used for disk encryption, too.
-  The mode has the same property as wide modes (any change is propagated
-  to the whole sector instead of only one block as in XTS mode).
-
-  As it needs a larger initialization vector (32 bytes), we need to add
-  an exception in the userspace format code.
-  You can now use --cipher aes-hctr2-plain64 for the format operation.
-
-* Source code now uses SPDX license identifiers instead of full
-  license preambles.
-
-* Fix missing includes for cryptographic backend that could cause
-  compilation errors for some systems.
-
-* Fix tests to work correctly in FIPS mode with recent OpenSSL 3.2.
-
-* Fix various (mostly false positive) issues detected by Coverity.

docs/v2.7.4-ReleaseNotes

@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-Cryptsetup 2.7.4 Release Notes
-==============================
-Stable bug-fix release.
-
-All users of cryptsetup 2.7 should upgrade to this version.
-
-Changes since version 2.7.3
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-* Detect device busy failure for device-mapper table-referenced devices.
-
-  Some device-mapper ioctl failures can disappear in libdevmapper,
-  causing the libcryptsetup wrapper to return an invalid error (EINVAL)
-  instead of EEXIST or EBUSY. One such case is when there is a device
-  creation race, and the device-mapper device name is created, but
-  the following mapping table load fails. This can happen because some
-  block devices used in table mapping have already been claimed by
-  another process (the kernel needs exclusive access).
-
-  The kernel ioctl properly returns EBUSY; this errno is lost in
-  libdevmapper (dm_task_get_errno returns 0). It should be fixed by
-  libdevmapper in the future.
-
-  Such behavior was seen in the systemd way of handling dm-verity
-  devices. With these changes, the code should react for EEXIST and
-  EBUSY, as another process has already activated the device.
-
-  Code calling libcryptsetup also must not check the underlying device
-  with an exclusive open flag (O_EXCL). Otherwise, it could cause a race
-  in the kernel device-mapper, resulting in no process succeeding device
-  activation (see also CRYPT_ACTIVATE_SHARED flag below).
-
-* Fix shared activation for dm-verity devices.
-
-  The CRYPT_ACTIVATE_SHARED flag was silently ignored when activating
-  dm-verity devices. Dm-verity shared activation is generally safe
-  since all verity devices are read-only.
-
-  The shared flag is a way to skip the exclusive access check for the
-  device, allowing it to create multiple mappings with the same device or
-  properly handle a racy concurrent activation of devices with the same
-  name from different processes.
-
-* Add --shared option for veritysetup open action.
-
-  The option allows the data device to be used in multiple device-mapper
-  table mappings (skip exclusive access check) or to allow concurrent
-  dm-verity device activation of the same device (only one process
-  succeeds in this case; the other will return EEXIST or EBUSY).
-
-* Do not use exclusive flag for the allocated backing loop files.
-
-  Using this flag is an undefined operation for opening an existing file.
-  The flag should be used only for allocated loop (block) devices.
-
-* Fixes for problems found by static analyzers and Valgrind.
-
-  These include fixes for non-default libgcrypt, NSS, and Nettle
-  cryptographic backends, buffer operations to avoid partial read/write,
-  and several other workarounds for mostly false positive warnings.
-
-* Fixes to tests and CI scripts.

docs/v2.7.5-ReleaseNotes

@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-Cryptsetup 2.7.5 Release Notes
-==============================
-Stable bug-fix release.
-
-All users of cryptsetup 2.7 must upgrade to this version.
-
-Changes since version 2.7.4
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-* Fix possible online reencryption data corruption (only in 2.7.x).
-
-  In some situations (initializing a suspended device-mapper device),
-  cryptsetup disabled direct-io device access. This caused unsafe
-  online reencryption operations that could lead to data corruption.
-  The code now adds strict checks (and aborts the operation) and
-  changes direct-io detection code to prevent data corruption.
-
-* Fix a clang compilation error in SSH token plugin.
-
-  As clang linker treats missing symbols as errors, the linker phase
-  for the SSH token failed as the optional cryptsetup_token_buffer_free
-  was not defined.
-
-* Fix crypto backend initialization in crypt_format_luks2_opal API call.

docs/v2.8.0-ReleaseNotes

@@ -1,328 +0,0 @@
-Cryptsetup 2.8.0 Release Notes
-==============================
-Stable release with new features and bug fixes
-
-All users of cryptsetup 2.7 must upgrade to this version.
-
-Changes since version 2.7.5
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-* Introduce support for inline mode (use HW sectors with additional hardware metadata space).
-
-  Some enterprise NVMe drives allow formatting sector size with additional metadata space,
-  for example, sector size 4096 bytes + 64 bytes for metadata.
-  We hope common firmware will soon support such features in more recent models.
-
-  If this metadata space is available (not internally used by a data integrity profile),
-  it removes the need to use the dm-integrity layer for sector metadata allocation.
-  This means that the performance bottleneck caused by the dm-integrity journal is eliminated.
-
-  Note: such drive must be reformatted with an external nvme tool.
-  You can check for support (reported as LBA format) by running the command
-    "nvme id-ns -H <nvme device>" and then you can reformat to the selected profile
-  (with complete data loss) with "nvme format -l <lbaf>.
-  This way, you can also reformat NVMe drive to 4096-byte sectors,which is strongly recommended
-  for encryption performance.
-
-  The required device mapper for inline mode was introduced in Linux kernel version 6.11.
-
-  The inline mode can be used with the new --integrity-inline option.
-
-  For integritysetup, the kernel dm-integrity layer is still used, but it directly maps metadata
-  to the hardware (eliminating the journal).
-  For cryptsetup, the dm-integrity layer is eliminated, and only the dm-crypt kernel driver is used.
-  The libcryptsetup exports a new crypt_format_inline API call.
-
-  Examples (underlying device must provide inline HW metadata space):
-
-  Use integritysetup format with inline mode with default CRC32 checksums:
-
-   # integritysetup format --sector-size 4096 --integrity-inline <device> [--no-wipe]
-   # integritysetup open <device> test
-   # integritysetup status test
-     /dev/mapper/test is active.
-       type:    INTEGRITY
-       tag size: 4 [bytes]
-       integrity: crc32c
-       device: <device>
-       sector size:  4096 [bytes]
-       ...
-       inline mode
-       journal: not active
-
-  Use LUKS2 with authenticated encryption (here with AEGIS AEAD cipher):
-
-   # cryptsetup luksFormat --integrity-inline --integrity aead --sector-size 4096 \
-                -c aegis128-random --key-size 128 <device> [--integrity-no-wipe]
-   # cryptsetup open <device> test
-   # cryptsetup luksDump <device>
-     ...
-     Requirements:   inline-hw-tags
-
-  After format, the inline mode is used automatically, and no special options are needed.
-  Please check the manual pages for more details about used options.
-
-  Note that the LUKS2 authenticated encryption is still an experimental feature.
-  The inline mode only improves performance by removing the dm-integrity layer.
-
-* Finalize use of keyslot context API.
-
-  Keyslot context is a generic abstraction over keyslot manipulation.
-  It extends many exiting commands by additional functions like tokens in activation, resume,
-  reencryption and similar commands without introducing new specific API functions.
-
-* Make all keyslot context types fully self-contained.
-
-  In the previous version, the caller is responsible for releasing of some allocated memory.
-  In this version, all memory is allocated internally. The existing keyslot context API function
-  provides backward compatibility through versioned symbols.
-
-* Add --key-description and --new-key-description cryptsetup options.
-
-  These can be used for the specification of the keyring with passphrase retrieval in the open,
-  resize, luksResume, luksFormat, luksAddKey and luksDump.
-
-* Support more precise keyslot selection in reencryption initialization.
-
-  Reencryption must update stored keys in keyslots, so it needs to unlock all keyslots first.
-
-  When no specific keyslot is selected by the --key-slot option, all active keyslots are updated.
-
-  Users may narrow down the selection of keyslots by specifying either --token-id, --token-type
-  or --token-only option. Only keyslots associated with the specific token (--token-id) or
-  a specific type (--token-type) or any token (--token-only) will be updated.
-  All other keyslots will be erased after reencryption is finished.
-
-  During reencryption, there are two volume keys (old and new).
-  For very specific use cases, reencryption can also be initialized by providing
-  volume keys directly by --volume-key-file, --new-volume-key-file, --volume-key-keyring
-  or --new-volume-key-keyring options. These options allow reencryption of the device with
-  no active keyslots (these can be added later).
-  If the --force-no-keyslots option is specified, all active keyslots will be erased after
-  the reencryption operation is finished.
-
-* Allow reencryption to resume using token and volume keys.
-
-  The reencryption can be resumed using tokens (similar to initialization described above).
-  For very specific use cases, reencryption can be resumed by providing volume keys.
-
-* Cryptsetup repair command now tries to check LUKS keyslot areas for corruption.
-
-  A keyslot binary area contains an encrypted volume key diffused to a larger area by
-  the anti-forensic splitter. If this area is corrupted, the keyslot can no longer be unlocked,
-  even with the correct password.
-
-  Active keyslot area should look like random data, so some specific corruption can be detected
-  by randomness analysis.
-
-  Cryptsetup repair command now tries to analyze the area expecting a uniform distribution
-  of bytes in 4096-byte blocks. If a problem is detected, it tries to localize corruption
-  in a smaller block (using the expected bit count).
-  Both tests are based on the Chi-squared statistical test.
-
-  This analysis can replace the external keyslot check program and usually is more sensitive.
-  However, it cannot detect all corruptions and can produce false positives.
-
-  Please use it as a hint when your password is no longer accepted, and you suspect
-  header corruption. This is the example output of the analysis:
-
-  # cryptsetup repair <device>
-    Keyslot 2 binary data could be corrupted.
-      Suspected offset: 0x88000
-    You can use hexdump -v -C -n 128 -s <offset_0xXXXX> <device> to inspect the data.
-
-  The test does not modify the header. A keyslot corruption cannot be repaired.
-  You have to use a backup header.
-
-* Opal2 SED: PSID keyfile is now expected to be 32 alphanumeric characters.
-
-  If the keyfile size is not explicitly set, it uses only first 32 bytes.
-  All Opal2 manufacturers seem to use PSID of this length.
-
-* Opal2: Avoid the Erase method and use Secure Erase for locking range.
-
-  The Erase method is defined for Single-user mode (SUM) and works on SUM-enabled locking ranges.
-  As we do not use SUM yet, this always fails and falls back to Secure erase anyway.
-
-* Opal2: Fix some error description (in debug only).
-
-  Some Opal error messages were incorrect.
-  Cryptsetup now use all codes according to TCG specifications.
-
-* Opal2: Do not allow deferred deactivation.
-
-  The self-encrypting drive must be locked immediately; deferred deactivation is not supported.
-
-* Allow --reduce-device-size and --device-size combination for reencryption (encrypt) action.
-
-  For some very specific cases, this can be used to encrypt only part of the device together
-  with allocation a new space for the LUKS header.
-
-* Fix the userspace storage backend to support kernel "capi:" cipher specification format.
-
-  This avoids unnecessary fallback to the device-mapper instead of the userspace crypto library
-  in luksFormat. The "capi:" is Linux kernel cryptographic format.
-  For example, capi:xts(aes)-plain64 is equivalent of aes-xts-plain64.
-
-* Disallow conversion from LUKS2 to LUKS1 if kernel "capi:" cipher specification is used.
-
-  LUKS1 never officially supported this cipher specification format.
-  Such devices cannot be converted to LUKS1 (while existing devices can still be activated).
-
-* Explicitly disallow kernel "capi:" cipher specification format for LUKS2 keyslot encryption.
-
-  This specification is intended to be used for data encryption, not for keyslots.
-
-* Do not allow conversion of LUKS2 to LUKS1 if an unbound keyslot is present.
-
-  LUKS1 does not support unbound keyslots. Such devices cannot be converted.
-
-* cryptsetup: Adjust the XTS key size for kernel "capi:" cipher specification.
-
-  Double key size as there are two keys the same way as for dm-crypt format.
-
-* Remove keyslot warning about possible failure due to low memory.
-
-  This check was intended to warn users about possible out-of-memory situations
-  but produced many false positives.
-
-* Do not limit Argon2 KDF memory cost on systems with more than 4GB of available memory.
-
-  The memory cost is intended to be limited only in low-memory situations (like virtual machines
-  without swap), not on systems with plenty of RAM.
-
-* Properly report out of memory error for cryptographic backends implementing Argon2.
-
-* Avoid KDF2 memory cost overflow on 32-bit platforms.
-
-* Do not use page size as a fallback for device block size.
-
-  This check produced wrong values if used on platforms with larger page sizes (64kB)
-  and specific underlying storage (like ZFS).
-
-* veritysetup: Check hash device size in advance.
-
-  If hashes are stored in a file image, allocate the size in advance.
-  For a block device, check if hashes (Merkle tree) fits the device.
-
-* Print a better error message for unsupported LUKS2 AEAD device resize.
-
-* Optimize LUKS2 metadata writes.
-
-  LUKS2 supports several JSON area length configurations. Do not write full metadata
-  (including padding), as it may generate noticeable overhead with LUKS2.
-
-* veritysetup: support --error-as-corruption option.
-
-  The panic/restart_on_error options were introduced in Linux kernel 6.12 and process errors
-  (like media read error) the same way as data corruption.
-  Use this flag in combination with --panic-on-corruption or --restart-on-corruption.
-
-* Report all sizes in status and dump command output in the correct units.
-
-  Since the support of --sector-size option, the meaning of "sectors" became ambiguous as it
-  usually means 512-byte sectors (device-mapper unit). Confusion occurs when the sector size
-  is 4096 bytes while units used for display are 512-byte sectors.
-
-  All status commands in tools now display units explicitly to avoid confusion.
-
-  For example:
-  # cryptsetup status test
-    ...
-    sector size:  4096 [bytes]
-    offset:  32768 [512-byte units] (134217728 [bytes])
-    size:    7501443760 [512-byte units] (30725913640960 [bytes])
-
-  If you parse the output of status commands, please check your scripts to ensure they work
-  with the new output properly.
-
-* Add --integrity-key-size option to cryptsetup.
-
-  This option can be used to set up non-standard integrity key size (e.g. for HMAC).
-  It adds a new (optional) JSON "key_size" attribute in the segment.integrity JSON object
-  (see updated LUKS2 specification). If not set, the code uses selected hash length size.
-
-* Support trusted & encrypted keyrings for plain devices.
-
-* Support plain format resize with a keyring key.
-
-  If a plain dm-crypt device references the keyring, cryptsetup now allows resizing.
-  The user must ensure that the key in the keyring is unchanged since activation.
-  Otherwise, reloading the key can cause data corruption after an unexpected key change.
-
-* TCRYPT: Clear mapping of system-encrypted partitions.
-
-  TrueCrypt/VeraCrypt supports full system encryption (only a partition table is not encrypted)
-  or system partition encryption (only a system partition is encrypted).
-  The metadata header then contains the offset and size of the encrypted area.
-  Cryptsetup needs to know the specific partition offset to calculate encryption parameters.
-
-  To properly map a partition, the user must specify a real partition device so cryptsetup
-  can calculate this offset. As the partition can be an image in a file, cryptsetup now tries
-  to determine proper parameters and use device size stored in VeraCrypt metadata.
-
-  Please see the manual page description (TCRYPT section) for a detailed description.
-
-* TCRYPT: Print all information from the decrypted metadata header in the tcryptDump command.
-
-  Print also volume sizes (if present) and flags.
-
-* Always lock the volume key structure in memory.
-
-  Some memory for safe allocation was not allocated from locked (unswappable) memory.
-  Older cryptsetup locked all memory. Selective locking was introduced in version 2.6.0.
-
-* Do not run direct-io read check on block devices.
-
-  Block devices always support direct-io.
-  This check produced unnecessary error with locked Opal2 devices.
-
-* Fix a possible segfault in deferred deactivation.
-
-  Thanks Clément Guérin for the report.
-
-* Exclude cipher allocation time from the cryptsetup benchmark.
-
-* Add Mbed-TLS optional crypto backend.
-
-  Mbed-TLS is a tiny TLS implementation designed for embedded environments.
-  The backend can be enabled with the --with-crypto_backend=mbedtls configure option.
-
-* Fix the wrong preprocessor use of #ifdef for config.h processed by Meson.
-
-  Cryptsetup supports Autoconf and, optionally, Meson configuration.
-  Part of the code wrongly used #ifdef instead of #if conditional sections.
-  This caused problems with Meson-generated config.h.
-
-* Reorganize license files.
-
-  The license text files are now in docs/licenses.
-  The COPYING file in the root directory is the default license.
-
-Libcryptsetup API extensions
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-The libcryptsetup API is backward compatible with all existing symbols.
-
-Due to the self-contained memory allocation, these symbols have the new version
- crypt_keyslot_context_init_by_passphrase;
- crypt_keyslot_context_init_by_keyfile;
- crypt_keyslot_context_init_by_token;
- crypt_keyslot_context_init_by_volume_key;
- crypt_keyslot_context_init_by_signed_key;
- crypt_keyslot_context_init_by_keyring;
- crypt_keyslot_context_init_by_vk_in_keyring;
-
-New symbols:
- crypt_format_inline
- crypt_get_old_volume_key_size
- crypt_reencrypt_init_by_keyslot_context
- crypt_safe_memcpy
-
-New defines:
- CRYPT_ACTIVATE_HIGH_PRIORITY
- CRYPT_ACTIVATE_ERROR_AS_CORRUPTION
- CRYPT_ACTIVATE_INLINE_MODE
- CRYPT_REENCRYPT_CREATE_NEW_DIGEST
-
-New requirement flag:
- CRYPT_REQUIREMENT_INLINE_HW_TAGS

docs/v2.8.1-ReleaseNotes

@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-Cryptsetup 2.8.1 Release Notes
-==============================
-Stable bug-fix release with minor extensions.
-
-All users of cryptsetup 2.8.0 must upgrade to this version.
-
-Changes since version 2.8.0
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-* Fix status and deactivation of TCRYPT (VeraCrypt compatible) devices that use chained ciphers.
-
-* Fix unlocking BITLK (BitLocker compatible) devices with multibyte UTF8 characters in the passphrase.
-
-* Do not allow activation of the LUKS2 device if the used keyslot is not encrypted (it uses a null cipher).
-
-  Such a configuration cannot be created by cryptsetup, but can be crafted outside of it.
-  Null cipher is sometimes used to create an empty container for later reencryption.
-  Only an empty passphrase can activate such a container (the same as in LUKS1).
-
-* Do not silently decrease PBKDF parallel cost (threads) if set by an option.
-  The maximum parallel cost is limited to 4 threads.
-
-* Fixes to configuration and installation scripts.
-
-  Meson and autoconf tools now properly support --prefix option for temporary directory installation.
-  Multiple fixes and cleanups to config.h for compatibility between Meson and autoconf.
-  Fix the luks2-external-tokens-path Meson option to work the same as in autoconf.
-  Fix Meson install for tool binaries, install fvault2Open man page and include test/fuzz/meson.build in release.
-
-* Major update to manual pages.
-
-  Try to explain the PBKDF hardcoded limits.
-  Add a better explanation for automatic integrity tag recalculation.
-  Mention crypt/verity/integritytab.
-  Remove or reformulate some misleading warnings present only with old and no longer supported kernels.
-  Clarify that some commands do not wipe data and unify OPAL reset wording.
-  Clarify the --label option.
-  There are also many other grammar and stylistic fixes to unify the man-page style.
-
-* Fixes for false-positive and annoying (optional) warnings added in recent compilers.

lib/Makemodule.am

@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 pkgconfigdir = $(libdir)/pkgconfig
-pkgconfig_DATA += lib/libcryptsetup.pc
+pkgconfig_DATA = lib/libcryptsetup.pc
 
-lib_LTLIBRARIES += libcryptsetup.la
+lib_LTLIBRARIES = libcryptsetup.la
 
 noinst_LTLIBRARIES += libutils_io.la
 
-include_HEADERS += lib/libcryptsetup.h
+include_HEADERS = lib/libcryptsetup.h
 
 EXTRA_DIST += lib/libcryptsetup.pc.in lib/libcryptsetup.sym
 
@@ -15,7 +15,15 @@ libutils_io_la_SOURCES = \
 	lib/utils_io.c			\
 	lib/utils_io.h
 
-libcryptsetup_la_CPPFLAGS = $(AM_CPPFLAGS)
+libcryptsetup_la_CPPFLAGS = $(AM_CPPFLAGS) \
+	-I $(top_srcdir)/lib/crypto_backend	\
+	-I $(top_srcdir)/lib/luks1		\
+	-I $(top_srcdir)/lib/luks2		\
+	-I $(top_srcdir)/lib/loopaes		\
+	-I $(top_srcdir)/lib/verity		\
+	-I $(top_srcdir)/lib/tcrypt		\
+	-I $(top_srcdir)/lib/integrity		\
+	-I $(top_srcdir)/lib/bitlk
 
 libcryptsetup_la_DEPENDENCIES = libutils_io.la libcrypto_backend.la lib/libcryptsetup.sym
 
@@ -32,8 +40,7 @@ libcryptsetup_la_LIBADD = \
 	@LIBARGON2_LIBS@	\
 	@JSON_C_LIBS@		\
 	@BLKID_LIBS@		\
-	@DL_LIBS@		\
-	$(LTLIBINTL)		\
+	$(LTLIBICONV)		\
 	libcrypto_backend.la	\
 	libutils_io.la
 
@@ -43,8 +50,6 @@ libcryptsetup_la_SOURCES = \
 	lib/bitops.h			\
 	lib/nls.h			\
 	lib/libcryptsetup.h		\
-	lib/libcryptsetup_macros.h	\
-	lib/libcryptsetup_symver.h	\
 	lib/utils.c			\
 	lib/utils_benchmark.c		\
 	lib/utils_crypt.c		\
@@ -53,6 +58,8 @@ libcryptsetup_la_SOURCES = \
 	lib/utils_loop.h		\
 	lib/utils_devpath.c		\
 	lib/utils_wipe.c		\
+	lib/utils_fips.c		\
+	lib/utils_fips.h		\
 	lib/utils_device.c		\
 	lib/utils_keyring.c		\
 	lib/utils_keyring.h		\
@@ -67,14 +74,14 @@ libcryptsetup_la_SOURCES = \
 	lib/volumekey.c			\
 	lib/random.c			\
 	lib/crypt_plain.c		\
+	lib/base64.h			\
+	lib/base64.c			\
 	lib/integrity/integrity.h	\
 	lib/integrity/integrity.c	\
 	lib/loopaes/loopaes.h		\
 	lib/loopaes/loopaes.c		\
 	lib/tcrypt/tcrypt.h		\
 	lib/tcrypt/tcrypt.c		\
-	lib/keyslot_context.h		\
-	lib/keyslot_context.c		\
 	lib/luks1/af.h			\
 	lib/luks1/af.c			\
 	lib/luks1/keyencryption.c	\
@@ -97,17 +104,12 @@ libcryptsetup_la_SOURCES = \
 	lib/luks2/luks2_keyslot_luks2.c	\
 	lib/luks2/luks2_keyslot_reenc.c	\
 	lib/luks2/luks2_reencrypt.c	\
-	lib/luks2/luks2_reencrypt_digest.c	\
 	lib/luks2/luks2_segment.c	\
 	lib/luks2/luks2_token_keyring.c	\
 	lib/luks2/luks2_token.c		\
 	lib/luks2/luks2_internal.h	\
 	lib/luks2/luks2.h		\
-	lib/luks2/hw_opal/hw_opal.c	\
-	lib/luks2/hw_opal/hw_opal.h	\
 	lib/utils_blkid.c		\
 	lib/utils_blkid.h		\
 	lib/bitlk/bitlk.h		\
-	lib/bitlk/bitlk.c		\
-	lib/fvault2/fvault2.h		\
-	lib/fvault2/fvault2.c
+	lib/bitlk/bitlk.c

lib/base64.c

@@ -0,0 +1,605 @@
+/* base64.c -- Encode binary data using printable characters.
+   Copyright (C) 1999-2001, 2004-2006, 2009-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Simon Josefsson.  Partially adapted from GNU MailUtils
+ * (mailbox/filter_trans.c, as of 2004-11-28).  Improved by review
+ * from Paul Eggert, Bruno Haible, and Stepan Kasal.
+ *
+ * See also RFC 4648 <https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4648.txt>.
+ *
+ * Be careful with error checking.  Here is how you would typically
+ * use these functions:
+ *
+ * bool ok = base64_decode_alloc (in, inlen, &out, &outlen);
+ * if (!ok)
+ *   FAIL: input was not valid base64
+ * if (out == NULL)
+ *   FAIL: memory allocation error
+ * OK: data in OUT/OUTLEN
+ *
+ * size_t outlen = base64_encode_alloc (in, inlen, &out);
+ * if (out == NULL && outlen == 0 && inlen != 0)
+ *   FAIL: input too long
+ * if (out == NULL)
+ *   FAIL: memory allocation error
+ * OK: data in OUT/OUTLEN.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Get prototype. */
+#include "base64.h"
+
+/* Get malloc. */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Get UCHAR_MAX. */
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* C89 compliant way to cast 'char' to 'unsigned char'. */
+static unsigned char
+to_uchar (char ch)
+{
+  return ch;
+}
+
+static const char b64c[64] =
+  "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789+/";
+
+/* Base64 encode IN array of size INLEN into OUT array. OUT needs
+   to be of length >= BASE64_LENGTH(INLEN), and INLEN needs to be
+   a multiple of 3.  */
+static void
+base64_encode_fast (const char *restrict in, size_t inlen, char *restrict out)
+{
+  while (inlen)
+    {
+      *out++ = b64c[(to_uchar (in[0]) >> 2) & 0x3f];
+      *out++ = b64c[((to_uchar (in[0]) << 4) + (to_uchar (in[1]) >> 4)) & 0x3f];
+      *out++ = b64c[((to_uchar (in[1]) << 2) + (to_uchar (in[2]) >> 6)) & 0x3f];
+      *out++ = b64c[to_uchar (in[2]) & 0x3f];
+
+      inlen -= 3;
+      in += 3;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Base64 encode IN array of size INLEN into OUT array of size OUTLEN.
+   If OUTLEN is less than BASE64_LENGTH(INLEN), write as many bytes as
+   possible.  If OUTLEN is larger than BASE64_LENGTH(INLEN), also zero
+   terminate the output buffer. */
+void
+base64_encode (const char *restrict in, size_t inlen,
+               char *restrict out, size_t outlen)
+{
+  /* Note this outlen constraint can be enforced at compile time.
+     I.E. that the output buffer is exactly large enough to hold
+     the encoded inlen bytes.  The inlen constraints (of corresponding
+     to outlen, and being a multiple of 3) can change at runtime
+     at the end of input.  However the common case when reading
+     large inputs is to have both constraints satisfied, so we depend
+     on both in base_encode_fast().  */
+  if (outlen % 4 == 0 && inlen == outlen / 4 * 3)
+    {
+      base64_encode_fast (in, inlen, out);
+      return;
+    }
+
+  while (inlen && outlen)
+    {
+      *out++ = b64c[(to_uchar (in[0]) >> 2) & 0x3f];
+      if (!--outlen)
+        break;
+      *out++ = b64c[((to_uchar (in[0]) << 4)
+                       + (--inlen ? to_uchar (in[1]) >> 4 : 0))
+                      & 0x3f];
+      if (!--outlen)
+        break;
+      *out++ =
+        (inlen
+         ? b64c[((to_uchar (in[1]) << 2)
+                   + (--inlen ? to_uchar (in[2]) >> 6 : 0))
+                  & 0x3f]
+         : '=');
+      if (!--outlen)
+        break;
+      *out++ = inlen ? b64c[to_uchar (in[2]) & 0x3f] : '=';
+      if (!--outlen)
+        break;
+      if (inlen)
+        inlen--;
+      if (inlen)
+        in += 3;
+    }
+
+  if (outlen)
+    *out = '\0';
+}
+
+/* Allocate a buffer and store zero terminated base64 encoded data
+   from array IN of size INLEN, returning BASE64_LENGTH(INLEN), i.e.,
+   the length of the encoded data, excluding the terminating zero.  On
+   return, the OUT variable will hold a pointer to newly allocated
+   memory that must be deallocated by the caller.  If output string
+   length would overflow, 0 is returned and OUT is set to NULL.  If
+   memory allocation failed, OUT is set to NULL, and the return value
+   indicates length of the requested memory block, i.e.,
+   BASE64_LENGTH(inlen) + 1. */
+size_t
+base64_encode_alloc (const char *in, size_t inlen, char **out)
+{
+  size_t outlen = 1 + BASE64_LENGTH (inlen);
+
+  /* Check for overflow in outlen computation.
+   *
+   * If there is no overflow, outlen >= inlen.
+   *
+   * If the operation (inlen + 2) overflows then it yields at most +1, so
+   * outlen is 0.
+   *
+   * If the multiplication overflows, we lose at least half of the
+   * correct value, so the result is < ((inlen + 2) / 3) * 2, which is
+   * less than (inlen + 2) * 0.66667, which is less than inlen as soon as
+   * (inlen > 4).
+   */
+  if (inlen > outlen)
+    {
+      *out = NULL;
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  *out = malloc (outlen);
+  if (!*out)
+    return outlen;
+
+  base64_encode (in, inlen, *out, outlen);
+
+  return outlen - 1;
+}
+
+/* With this approach this file works independent of the charset used
+   (think EBCDIC).  However, it does assume that the characters in the
+   Base64 alphabet (A-Za-z0-9+/) are encoded in 0..255.  POSIX
+   1003.1-2001 require that char and unsigned char are 8-bit
+   quantities, though, taking care of that problem.  But this may be a
+   potential problem on non-POSIX C99 platforms.
+
+   IBM C V6 for AIX mishandles "#define B64(x) ...'x'...", so use "_"
+   as the formal parameter rather than "x".  */
+#define B64(_)                                  \
+  ((_) == 'A' ? 0                               \
+   : (_) == 'B' ? 1                             \
+   : (_) == 'C' ? 2                             \
+   : (_) == 'D' ? 3                             \
+   : (_) == 'E' ? 4                             \
+   : (_) == 'F' ? 5                             \
+   : (_) == 'G' ? 6                             \
+   : (_) == 'H' ? 7                             \
+   : (_) == 'I' ? 8                             \
+   : (_) == 'J' ? 9                             \
+   : (_) == 'K' ? 10                            \
+   : (_) == 'L' ? 11                            \
+   : (_) == 'M' ? 12                            \
+   : (_) == 'N' ? 13                            \
+   : (_) == 'O' ? 14                            \
+   : (_) == 'P' ? 15                            \
+   : (_) == 'Q' ? 16                            \
+   : (_) == 'R' ? 17                            \
+   : (_) == 'S' ? 18                            \
+   : (_) == 'T' ? 19                            \
+   : (_) == 'U' ? 20                            \
+   : (_) == 'V' ? 21                            \
+   : (_) == 'W' ? 22                            \
+   : (_) == 'X' ? 23                            \
+   : (_) == 'Y' ? 24                            \
+   : (_) == 'Z' ? 25                            \
+   : (_) == 'a' ? 26                            \
+   : (_) == 'b' ? 27                            \
+   : (_) == 'c' ? 28                            \
+   : (_) == 'd' ? 29                            \
+   : (_) == 'e' ? 30                            \
+   : (_) == 'f' ? 31                            \
+   : (_) == 'g' ? 32                            \
+   : (_) == 'h' ? 33                            \
+   : (_) == 'i' ? 34                            \
+   : (_) == 'j' ? 35                            \
+   : (_) == 'k' ? 36                            \
+   : (_) == 'l' ? 37                            \
+   : (_) == 'm' ? 38                            \
+   : (_) == 'n' ? 39                            \
+   : (_) == 'o' ? 40                            \
+   : (_) == 'p' ? 41                            \
+   : (_) == 'q' ? 42                            \
+   : (_) == 'r' ? 43                            \
+   : (_) == 's' ? 44                            \
+   : (_) == 't' ? 45                            \
+   : (_) == 'u' ? 46                            \
+   : (_) == 'v' ? 47                            \
+   : (_) == 'w' ? 48                            \
+   : (_) == 'x' ? 49                            \
+   : (_) == 'y' ? 50                            \
+   : (_) == 'z' ? 51                            \
+   : (_) == '0' ? 52                            \
+   : (_) == '1' ? 53                            \
+   : (_) == '2' ? 54                            \
+   : (_) == '3' ? 55                            \
+   : (_) == '4' ? 56                            \
+   : (_) == '5' ? 57                            \
+   : (_) == '6' ? 58                            \
+   : (_) == '7' ? 59                            \
+   : (_) == '8' ? 60                            \
+   : (_) == '9' ? 61                            \
+   : (_) == '+' ? 62                            \
+   : (_) == '/' ? 63                            \
+   : -1)
+
+static const signed char b64[0x100] = {
+  B64 (0), B64 (1), B64 (2), B64 (3),
+  B64 (4), B64 (5), B64 (6), B64 (7),
+  B64 (8), B64 (9), B64 (10), B64 (11),
+  B64 (12), B64 (13), B64 (14), B64 (15),
+  B64 (16), B64 (17), B64 (18), B64 (19),
+  B64 (20), B64 (21), B64 (22), B64 (23),
+  B64 (24), B64 (25), B64 (26), B64 (27),
+  B64 (28), B64 (29), B64 (30), B64 (31),
+  B64 (32), B64 (33), B64 (34), B64 (35),
+  B64 (36), B64 (37), B64 (38), B64 (39),
+  B64 (40), B64 (41), B64 (42), B64 (43),
+  B64 (44), B64 (45), B64 (46), B64 (47),
+  B64 (48), B64 (49), B64 (50), B64 (51),
+  B64 (52), B64 (53), B64 (54), B64 (55),
+  B64 (56), B64 (57), B64 (58), B64 (59),
+  B64 (60), B64 (61), B64 (62), B64 (63),
+  B64 (64), B64 (65), B64 (66), B64 (67),
+  B64 (68), B64 (69), B64 (70), B64 (71),
+  B64 (72), B64 (73), B64 (74), B64 (75),
+  B64 (76), B64 (77), B64 (78), B64 (79),
+  B64 (80), B64 (81), B64 (82), B64 (83),
+  B64 (84), B64 (85), B64 (86), B64 (87),
+  B64 (88), B64 (89), B64 (90), B64 (91),
+  B64 (92), B64 (93), B64 (94), B64 (95),
+  B64 (96), B64 (97), B64 (98), B64 (99),
+  B64 (100), B64 (101), B64 (102), B64 (103),
+  B64 (104), B64 (105), B64 (106), B64 (107),
+  B64 (108), B64 (109), B64 (110), B64 (111),
+  B64 (112), B64 (113), B64 (114), B64 (115),
+  B64 (116), B64 (117), B64 (118), B64 (119),
+  B64 (120), B64 (121), B64 (122), B64 (123),
+  B64 (124), B64 (125), B64 (126), B64 (127),
+  B64 (128), B64 (129), B64 (130), B64 (131),
+  B64 (132), B64 (133), B64 (134), B64 (135),
+  B64 (136), B64 (137), B64 (138), B64 (139),
+  B64 (140), B64 (141), B64 (142), B64 (143),
+  B64 (144), B64 (145), B64 (146), B64 (147),
+  B64 (148), B64 (149), B64 (150), B64 (151),
+  B64 (152), B64 (153), B64 (154), B64 (155),
+  B64 (156), B64 (157), B64 (158), B64 (159),
+  B64 (160), B64 (161), B64 (162), B64 (163),
+  B64 (164), B64 (165), B64 (166), B64 (167),
+  B64 (168), B64 (169), B64 (170), B64 (171),
+  B64 (172), B64 (173), B64 (174), B64 (175),
+  B64 (176), B64 (177), B64 (178), B64 (179),
+  B64 (180), B64 (181), B64 (182), B64 (183),
+  B64 (184), B64 (185), B64 (186), B64 (187),
+  B64 (188), B64 (189), B64 (190), B64 (191),
+  B64 (192), B64 (193), B64 (194), B64 (195),
+  B64 (196), B64 (197), B64 (198), B64 (199),
+  B64 (200), B64 (201), B64 (202), B64 (203),
+  B64 (204), B64 (205), B64 (206), B64 (207),
+  B64 (208), B64 (209), B64 (210), B64 (211),
+  B64 (212), B64 (213), B64 (214), B64 (215),
+  B64 (216), B64 (217), B64 (218), B64 (219),
+  B64 (220), B64 (221), B64 (222), B64 (223),
+  B64 (224), B64 (225), B64 (226), B64 (227),
+  B64 (228), B64 (229), B64 (230), B64 (231),
+  B64 (232), B64 (233), B64 (234), B64 (235),
+  B64 (236), B64 (237), B64 (238), B64 (239),
+  B64 (240), B64 (241), B64 (242), B64 (243),
+  B64 (244), B64 (245), B64 (246), B64 (247),
+  B64 (248), B64 (249), B64 (250), B64 (251),
+  B64 (252), B64 (253), B64 (254), B64 (255)
+};
+
+#if UCHAR_MAX == 255
+# define uchar_in_range(c) true
+#else
+# define uchar_in_range(c) ((c) <= 255)
+#endif
+
+/* Return true if CH is a character from the Base64 alphabet, and
+   false otherwise.  Note that '=' is padding and not considered to be
+   part of the alphabet.  */
+bool
+isbase64 (char ch)
+{
+  return uchar_in_range (to_uchar (ch)) && 0 <= b64[to_uchar (ch)];
+}
+
+/* Initialize decode-context buffer, CTX.  */
+void
+base64_decode_ctx_init (struct base64_decode_context *ctx)
+{
+  ctx->i = 0;
+}
+
+/* If CTX->i is 0 or 4, there are four or more bytes in [*IN..IN_END), and
+   none of those four is a newline, then return *IN.  Otherwise, copy up to
+   4 - CTX->i non-newline bytes from that range into CTX->buf, starting at
+   index CTX->i and setting CTX->i to reflect the number of bytes copied,
+   and return CTX->buf.  In either case, advance *IN to point to the byte
+   after the last one processed, and set *N_NON_NEWLINE to the number of
+   verified non-newline bytes accessible through the returned pointer.  */
+static const char *
+get_4 (struct base64_decode_context *ctx,
+       char const *restrict *in, char const *restrict in_end,
+       size_t *n_non_newline)
+{
+  if (ctx->i == 4)
+    ctx->i = 0;
+
+  if (ctx->i == 0)
+    {
+      char const *t = *in;
+      if (4 <= in_end - *in && memchr (t, '\n', 4) == NULL)
+        {
+          /* This is the common case: no newline.  */
+          *in += 4;
+          *n_non_newline = 4;
+          return (const char *) t;
+        }
+    }
+
+  {
+    /* Copy non-newline bytes into BUF.  */
+    char const *p = *in;
+    while (p < in_end)
+      {
+        char c = *p++;
+        if (c != '\n')
+          {
+            ctx->buf[ctx->i++] = c;
+            if (ctx->i == 4)
+              break;
+          }
+      }
+
+    *in = p;
+    *n_non_newline = ctx->i;
+    return ctx->buf;
+  }
+}
+
+#define return_false                            \
+  do                                            \
+    {                                           \
+      *outp = out;                              \
+      return false;                             \
+    }                                           \
+  while (false)
+
+/* Decode up to four bytes of base64-encoded data, IN, of length INLEN
+   into the output buffer, *OUT, of size *OUTLEN bytes.  Return true if
+   decoding is successful, false otherwise.  If *OUTLEN is too small,
+   as many bytes as possible are written to *OUT.  On return, advance
+   *OUT to point to the byte after the last one written, and decrement
+   *OUTLEN to reflect the number of bytes remaining in *OUT.  */
+static bool
+decode_4 (char const *restrict in, size_t inlen,
+          char *restrict *outp, size_t *outleft)
+{
+  char *out = *outp;
+  if (inlen < 2)
+    return false;
+
+  if (!isbase64 (in[0]) || !isbase64 (in[1]))
+    return false;
+
+  if (*outleft)
+    {
+      *out++ = ((b64[to_uchar (in[0])] << 2)
+                | (b64[to_uchar (in[1])] >> 4));
+      --*outleft;
+    }
+
+  if (inlen == 2)
+    return_false;
+
+  if (in[2] == '=')
+    {
+      if (inlen != 4)
+        return_false;
+
+      if (in[3] != '=')
+        return_false;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (!isbase64 (in[2]))
+        return_false;
+
+      if (*outleft)
+        {
+          *out++ = (((b64[to_uchar (in[1])] << 4) & 0xf0)
+                    | (b64[to_uchar (in[2])] >> 2));
+          --*outleft;
+        }
+
+      if (inlen == 3)
+        return_false;
+
+      if (in[3] == '=')
+        {
+          if (inlen != 4)
+            return_false;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          if (!isbase64 (in[3]))
+            return_false;
+
+          if (*outleft)
+            {
+              *out++ = (((b64[to_uchar (in[2])] << 6) & 0xc0)
+                        | b64[to_uchar (in[3])]);
+              --*outleft;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+  *outp = out;
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Decode base64-encoded input array IN of length INLEN to output array
+   OUT that can hold *OUTLEN bytes.  The input data may be interspersed
+   with newlines.  Return true if decoding was successful, i.e. if the
+   input was valid base64 data, false otherwise.  If *OUTLEN is too
+   small, as many bytes as possible will be written to OUT.  On return,
+   *OUTLEN holds the length of decoded bytes in OUT.  Note that as soon
+   as any non-alphabet, non-newline character is encountered, decoding
+   is stopped and false is returned.  If INLEN is zero, then process
+   only whatever data is stored in CTX.
+
+   Initially, CTX must have been initialized via base64_decode_ctx_init.
+   Subsequent calls to this function must reuse whatever state is recorded
+   in that buffer.  It is necessary for when a quadruple of base64 input
+   bytes spans two input buffers.
+
+   If CTX is NULL then newlines are treated as garbage and the input
+   buffer is processed as a unit.  */
+
+bool
+base64_decode_ctx (struct base64_decode_context *ctx,
+                   const char *restrict in, size_t inlen,
+                   char *restrict out, size_t *outlen)
+{
+  size_t outleft = *outlen;
+  bool ignore_newlines = ctx != NULL;
+  bool flush_ctx = false;
+  unsigned int ctx_i = 0;
+
+  if (ignore_newlines)
+    {
+      ctx_i = ctx->i;
+      flush_ctx = inlen == 0;
+    }
+
+
+  while (true)
+    {
+      size_t outleft_save = outleft;
+      if (ctx_i == 0 && !flush_ctx)
+        {
+          while (true)
+            {
+              /* Save a copy of outleft, in case we need to re-parse this
+                 block of four bytes.  */
+              outleft_save = outleft;
+              if (!decode_4 (in, inlen, &out, &outleft))
+                break;
+
+              in += 4;
+              inlen -= 4;
+            }
+        }
+
+      if (inlen == 0 && !flush_ctx)
+        break;
+
+      /* Handle the common case of 72-byte wrapped lines.
+         This also handles any other multiple-of-4-byte wrapping.  */
+      if (inlen && *in == '\n' && ignore_newlines)
+        {
+          ++in;
+          --inlen;
+          continue;
+        }
+
+      /* Restore OUT and OUTLEFT.  */
+      out -= outleft_save - outleft;
+      outleft = outleft_save;
+
+      {
+        char const *in_end = in + inlen;
+        char const *non_nl;
+
+        if (ignore_newlines)
+          non_nl = get_4 (ctx, &in, in_end, &inlen);
+        else
+          non_nl = in;  /* Might have nl in this case. */
+
+        /* If the input is empty or consists solely of newlines (0 non-newlines),
+           then we're done.  Likewise if there are fewer than 4 bytes when not
+           flushing context and not treating newlines as garbage.  */
+        if (inlen == 0 || (inlen < 4 && !flush_ctx && ignore_newlines))
+          {
+            inlen = 0;
+            break;
+          }
+        if (!decode_4 (non_nl, inlen, &out, &outleft))
+          break;
+
+        inlen = in_end - in;
+      }
+    }
+
+  *outlen -= outleft;
+
+  return inlen == 0;
+}
+
+/* Allocate an output buffer in *OUT, and decode the base64 encoded
+   data stored in IN of size INLEN to the *OUT buffer.  On return, the
+   size of the decoded data is stored in *OUTLEN.  OUTLEN may be NULL,
+   if the caller is not interested in the decoded length.  *OUT may be
+   NULL to indicate an out of memory error, in which case *OUTLEN
+   contains the size of the memory block needed.  The function returns
+   true on successful decoding and memory allocation errors.  (Use the
+   *OUT and *OUTLEN parameters to differentiate between successful
+   decoding and memory error.)  The function returns false if the
+   input was invalid, in which case *OUT is NULL and *OUTLEN is
+   undefined. */
+bool
+base64_decode_alloc_ctx (struct base64_decode_context *ctx,
+                         const char *in, size_t inlen, char **out,
+                         size_t *outlen)
+{
+  /* This may allocate a few bytes too many, depending on input,
+     but it's not worth the extra CPU time to compute the exact size.
+     The exact size is 3 * (inlen + (ctx ? ctx->i : 0)) / 4, minus 1 if the
+     input ends with "=" and minus another 1 if the input ends with "==".
+     Dividing before multiplying avoids the possibility of overflow.  */
+  size_t needlen = 3 * (inlen / 4) + 3;
+
+  *out = malloc (needlen);
+  if (!*out)
+    return true;
+
+  if (!base64_decode_ctx (ctx, in, inlen, *out, &needlen))
+    {
+      free (*out);
+      *out = NULL;
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  if (outlen)
+    *outlen = needlen;
+
+  return true;
+}

lib/base64.h

@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/* base64.h -- Encode binary data using printable characters.
+   Copyright (C) 2004-2006, 2009-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Simon Josefsson.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef BASE64_H
+# define BASE64_H
+
+/* Get size_t. */
+# include <stddef.h>
+
+/* Get bool. */
+# include <stdbool.h>
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+
+/* This uses that the expression (n+(k-1))/k means the smallest
+   integer >= n/k, i.e., the ceiling of n/k.  */
+# define BASE64_LENGTH(inlen) ((((inlen) + 2) / 3) * 4)
+
+struct base64_decode_context
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  char buf[4];
+};
+
+extern bool isbase64 (char ch) __attribute__ ((__const__));
+
+extern void base64_encode (const char *restrict in, size_t inlen,
+                           char *restrict out, size_t outlen);
+
+extern size_t base64_encode_alloc (const char *in, size_t inlen, char **out);
+
+extern void base64_decode_ctx_init (struct base64_decode_context *ctx);
+
+extern bool base64_decode_ctx (struct base64_decode_context *ctx,
+                               const char *restrict in, size_t inlen,
+                               char *restrict out, size_t *outlen);
+
+extern bool base64_decode_alloc_ctx (struct base64_decode_context *ctx,
+                                     const char *in, size_t inlen,
+                                     char **out, size_t *outlen);
+
+#define base64_decode(in, inlen, out, outlen) \
+        base64_decode_ctx (NULL, in, inlen, out, outlen)
+
+#define base64_decode_alloc(in, inlen, out, outlen) \
+        base64_decode_alloc_ctx (NULL, in, inlen, out, outlen)
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+
+#endif /* BASE64_H */

lib/bitlk/bitlk.h

@@ -1,10 +1,23 @@
-// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-2.1-or-later
 /*
  * BITLK (BitLocker-compatible) header definition
  *
- * Copyright (C) 2019-2025 Red Hat, Inc. All rights reserved.
- * Copyright (C) 2019-2025 Milan Broz
- * Copyright (C) 2019-2025 Vojtech Trefny
+ * Copyright (C) 2019-2021 Red Hat, Inc. All rights reserved.
+ * Copyright (C) 2019-2021 Milan Broz
+ * Copyright (C) 2019-2021 Vojtech Trefny
+ *
+ * This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with this file; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
 #ifndef _CRYPTSETUP_BITLK_H
@@ -16,13 +29,10 @@
 
 struct crypt_device;
 struct device;
-struct volume_key;
 
 #define BITLK_NONCE_SIZE 12
 #define BITLK_SALT_SIZE 16
 #define BITLK_VMK_MAC_TAG_SIZE 16
-#define BITLK_VALIDATION_VMK_HEADER_SIZE 8
-#define BITLK_VALIDATION_VMK_DATA_SIZE 72
 
 #define BITLK_STATE_NORMAL 0x0004
 
@@ -50,7 +60,6 @@ typedef enum {
 	BITLK_ENTRY_TYPE_STARTUP_KEY = 0x0006,
 	BITLK_ENTRY_TYPE_DESCRIPTION = 0x0007,
 	BITLK_ENTRY_TYPE_VOLUME_HEADER = 0x000f,
-	BITLK_ENTRY_TYPE_VOLUME_GUID = 0x0019,
 } BITLKFVEEntryType;
 
 typedef enum {
@@ -66,8 +75,6 @@ typedef enum {
 	BITLK_ENTRY_VALUE_EXTERNAL_KEY = 0x0009,
 	BITLK_ENTRY_VALUE_OFFSET_SIZE = 0x000f,
 	BITLK_ENTRY_VALUE_RECOVERY_TIME = 0x015,
-	BITLK_ENTRY_VALUE_GUID = 0x0017,
-	BITLK_ENTRY_VALUE_HINT = 0x0018,
 } BITLKFVEEntryValue;
 
 struct bitlk_vmk {
@@ -87,16 +94,8 @@ struct bitlk_fvek {
 	struct volume_key *vk;
 };
 
-struct bitlk_validation {
-	uint8_t mac_tag[BITLK_VMK_MAC_TAG_SIZE];
-	uint8_t nonce[BITLK_NONCE_SIZE];
-	/* technically, this is not "VMK", but some sources call it this way */
-	uint8_t enc_datum[BITLK_VALIDATION_VMK_DATA_SIZE];
-};
-
 struct bitlk_metadata {
 	uint16_t sector_size;
-	uint64_t volume_size;
 	bool togo;
 	bool state;
 	BITLKEncryptionType type;
@@ -110,27 +109,20 @@ struct bitlk_metadata {
 	uint32_t metadata_version;
 	uint64_t volume_header_offset;
 	uint64_t volume_header_size;
-	const char *sha256_fve[32];
 	struct bitlk_vmk *vmks;
 	struct bitlk_fvek *fvek;
-	struct bitlk_validation *validation;
 };
 
 int BITLK_read_sb(struct crypt_device *cd, struct bitlk_metadata *params);
 
 int BITLK_dump(struct crypt_device *cd, struct device *device, struct bitlk_metadata *params);
 
-int BITLK_get_volume_key(struct crypt_device *cd,
-			 const char *password,
-			 size_t passwordLen,
-			 const struct bitlk_metadata *params,
-			 struct volume_key **open_fvek_key);
-
-int BITLK_activate_by_volume_key(struct crypt_device *cd,
-				 const char *name,
-				 struct volume_key *vk,
-				 const struct bitlk_metadata *params,
-				 uint32_t flags);
+int BITLK_activate(struct crypt_device *cd,
+		   const char *name,
+		   const char *password,
+		   size_t passwordLen,
+		   const struct bitlk_metadata *params,
+		   uint32_t flags);
 
 void BITLK_bitlk_fvek_free(struct bitlk_fvek *fvek);
 void BITLK_bitlk_vmk_free(struct bitlk_vmk *vmk);

lib/bitops.h

@@ -10,13 +10,13 @@
 #include <stdint.h>
 #include <sys/param.h>
 
-#if HAVE_BYTESWAP_H
+#if defined(HAVE_BYTESWAP_H)
 # include <byteswap.h>
 #endif
 
-#if HAVE_ENDIAN_H
+#if defined(HAVE_ENDIAN_H)
 #  include <endian.h>
-#elif HAVE_SYS_ENDIAN_H /* BSDs have them here */
+#elif defined(HAVE_SYS_ENDIAN_H)	/* BSDs have them here */
 #  include <sys/endian.h>
 #endif
 

lib/crypt_plain.c

@@ -1,10 +1,23 @@
-// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
 /*
  * cryptsetup plain device helper functions
  *
  * Copyright (C) 2004 Jana Saout <jana@saout.de>
- * Copyright (C) 2010-2025 Red Hat, Inc. All rights reserved.
- * Copyright (C) 2010-2025 Milan Broz
+ * Copyright (C) 2010-2021 Red Hat, Inc. All rights reserved.
+ * Copyright (C) 2010-2021 Milan Broz
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
  */
 
 #include <string.h>
@@ -92,7 +105,7 @@ int crypt_plain_hash(struct crypt_device *cd,
 			log_dbg(cd, "Too short plain passphrase.");
 			return -EINVAL;
 		}
-		crypt_safe_memcpy(key, passphrase, hash_size);
+		memcpy(key, passphrase, hash_size);
 		r = 0;
 	} else
 		r = hash(hash_name_buf, hash_size, key, passphrase_size, passphrase);

lib/crypto_backend/Makemodule.am

@@ -9,12 +9,9 @@ libcrypto_backend_la_SOURCES = \
 	lib/crypto_backend/crypto_storage.c \
 	lib/crypto_backend/pbkdf_check.c \
 	lib/crypto_backend/crc32.c \
-	lib/crypto_backend/base64.c \
-	lib/crypto_backend/utf8.c \
 	lib/crypto_backend/argon2_generic.c \
 	lib/crypto_backend/cipher_generic.c \
-	lib/crypto_backend/cipher_check.c \
-	lib/crypto_backend/memutils.c
+	lib/crypto_backend/cipher_check.c
 
 if CRYPTO_BACKEND_GCRYPT
 libcrypto_backend_la_SOURCES += lib/crypto_backend/crypto_gcrypt.c
@@ -31,9 +28,6 @@ endif
 if CRYPTO_BACKEND_NETTLE
 libcrypto_backend_la_SOURCES += lib/crypto_backend/crypto_nettle.c
 endif
-if CRYPTO_BACKEND_MBEDTLS
-libcrypto_backend_la_SOURCES += lib/crypto_backend/crypto_mbedtls.c
-endif
 
 if CRYPTO_INTERNAL_PBKDF2
 libcrypto_backend_la_SOURCES += lib/crypto_backend/pbkdf2_generic.c

lib/crypto_backend/argon2/argon2.c

@@ -450,8 +450,6 @@ const char *argon2_error_message(int error_code) {
 
 size_t argon2_encodedlen(uint32_t t_cost, uint32_t m_cost, uint32_t parallelism,
                          uint32_t saltlen, uint32_t hashlen, argon2_type type) {
-  if (!argon2_type2string(type, 0))
-      return 0;
   return strlen("$$v=$m=,t=,p=$$") + strlen(argon2_type2string(type, 0)) +
          numlen(t_cost) + numlen(m_cost) + numlen(parallelism) +
          b64len(saltlen) + b64len(hashlen) + numlen(ARGON2_VERSION_NUMBER) + 1;

lib/crypto_backend/argon2/blake2/blake2b.c

@@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ int blake2b_long(void *pout, size_t outlen, const void *in, size_t inlen) {
         TRY(blake2b_final(&blake_state, out, outlen));
     } else {
         uint32_t toproduce;
-        uint8_t out_buffer[BLAKE2B_OUTBYTES] = {0};
+        uint8_t out_buffer[BLAKE2B_OUTBYTES];
         uint8_t in_buffer[BLAKE2B_OUTBYTES];
         TRY(blake2b_init(&blake_state, BLAKE2B_OUTBYTES));
         TRY(blake2b_update(&blake_state, outlen_bytes, sizeof(outlen_bytes)));

lib/crypto_backend/argon2/core.c

@@ -120,24 +120,18 @@ void free_memory(const argon2_context *context, uint8_t *memory,
     }
 }
 
-#if defined(_MSC_VER) && VC_GE_2005(_MSC_VER)
-void secure_wipe_memory(void *v, size_t n) {
-    SecureZeroMemory(v, n);
-}
-#elif defined memset_s
-void secure_wipe_memory(void *v, size_t n) {
-    memset_s(v, n, 0, n);
-}
-#elif HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO
-void secure_wipe_memory(void *v, size_t n) {
-    explicit_bzero(v, n);
-}
-#else
 void NOT_OPTIMIZED secure_wipe_memory(void *v, size_t n) {
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && VC_GE_2005(_MSC_VER)
+    SecureZeroMemory(v, n);
+#elif defined memset_s
+    memset_s(v, n, 0, n);
+#elif defined(HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO)
+    explicit_bzero(v, n);
+#else
     static void *(*const volatile memset_sec)(void *, int, size_t) = &memset;
     memset_sec(v, 0, n);
-}
 #endif
+}
 
 /* Memory clear flag defaults to true. */
 int FLAG_clear_internal_memory = 1;
@@ -279,6 +273,7 @@ static void *fill_segment_thr(void *thread_data)
 {
     argon2_thread_data *my_data = thread_data;
     fill_segment(my_data->instance_ptr, my_data->pos);
+    argon2_thread_exit();
     return 0;
 }
 
@@ -356,9 +351,12 @@ static int fill_memory_blocks_mt(argon2_instance_t *instance) {
     }
 
 fail:
-    free(thread);
-    free(thr_data);
-
+    if (thread != NULL) {
+        free(thread);
+    }
+    if (thr_data != NULL) {
+        free(thr_data);
+    }
     return rc;
 }
 

lib/crypto_backend/argon2/encoding.c

@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@
 static int b64_byte_to_char(unsigned x) {
     return (LT(x, 26) & (x + 'A')) |
            (GE(x, 26) & LT(x, 52) & (x + ('a' - 26))) |
-           (GE(x, 52) & LT(x, 62) & (x - (52 - '0'))) | (EQ(x, 62) & '+') |
+           (GE(x, 52) & LT(x, 62) & (x + ('0' - 52))) | (EQ(x, 62) & '+') |
            (EQ(x, 63) & '/');
 }